0.89
Table of Contents
Exhibit 99.1
 
 
    
 
  
TD Bank Group Reports First Quarter 2022 Results
Report to Shareholders
Three months ended January 31, 2022
 
The financial information in this document is reported in Canadian dollars and is based on the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), unless otherwise noted.
Reported results conform to generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted measures are
non-GAAP
financial measures. For additional information about the Bank’s use of
non-GAAP
financial measures, refer to
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this document.
FIRST QUARTER FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS, compared with the first quarter last year:
 
Reported diluted earnings per share were $2.02, compared with $1.77.
 
Adjusted diluted earnings per share were $2.08, compared with $1.83.
 
Reported net income was $3,733 million, compared with $3,277 million.
 
Adjusted net income was $3,833 million, compared with $3,380 million.
FIRST QUARTER ADJUSTMENTS (ITEMS OF NOTE)
The first quarter reported earnings figures included the following items of note:
 
Amortization of acquired intangibles of $67 million ($59 million
after-tax
or 3 cents per share), compared with $74 million ($65 million
after-tax
or 4 cents per share) in the first quarter last year.
 
Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction of $50 million ($41 million
after-tax
or 2 cents per share), compared with $38 million ($38 million
after-tax
or 2 cents per share) in the first quarter last year.
TORONTO,
 March 3, 2022
 – TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) today announced its financial results for the first quarter ended January 31, 2022. Reported earnings were $3.7 billion, up 14% compared with the first quarter last year, and adjusted earnings were $3.8 billion, up 13%.
“TD started the year strong, delivering revenue growth across all our business segments as customer activity gained additional momentum,” said Bharat Masrani, Group President and CEO, TD Bank Group. “With a focus on growth, we continue to make investments in technology and new capabilities, positioning us well to meet our customers’ and clients’ evolving needs.”
“I am also pleased to have announced our deal with First Horizon earlier this week. A bold acceleration of our U.S. strategy to acquire a premier regional bank, with a strong presence in highly attractive markets across the U.S. Southeast – a terrific strategic fit for TD,” added Masrani.
Canadian Retail saw continued strength in client activity, volumes and revenue
Canadian Retail net income was $2,254 million, an increase of 11% compared with the first quarter last year. The increase in earnings reflects record revenue and lower provisions for credit losses (PCL), partially offset by higher
non-interest
expenses. Revenue increased 6%, reflecting strong
non-interest
income growth across all lines of business and momentum in loan and deposit volumes. Expenses increased 8%, reflecting investments to support business growth, and volume driven expenses including higher variable compensation. PCL decreased by $109 million from the first quarter last year, reflecting lower impaired PCL and a higher recovery in performing PCL.
Canadian Retail started the year with good momentum, delivering record revenue performance in the Personal and Commercial Bank, supported by increased customer activity. In Wealth, net asset growth and mutual fund sales balanced the impact of trading volume normalization and delivered revenue growth for the business. Forward-focused innovations continued to support customers in building financial confidence, including expanding the New to Canada bundle to include 12 months of free international transfers via the TD Global Transfers platform and the launch of TD Easy Trade
TM
, a new mobile trading app from TD Direct Investing, with no minimum balance or monthly fees and 50 free stock trades per client, per year.
Strong recovery continued across U.S. Retail
U.S. Retail net income was $1,272 million (US$1,006 million), an increase of 27% (30% in U.S. dollars) compared with the first quarter last year. The Bank’s investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation (Schwab) contributed $252 million (US$200 million) in earnings, an increase of 21% (24% in U.S. Dollars) compared with the first quarter last year.
The U.S. Retail Bank, which excludes the Bank’s investment in Schwab, reported net income of $1,020 million (US$806 million), an increase of 29% (31% in U.S. dollars) from the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher revenue and lower PCL. Revenue increased 4% (6% in U.S. dollars), reflecting higher deposit volumes and margins, increased earnings on the investment portfolio and higher fee income, partially offset by lower loan margins. PCL was $21 million (US$17 million), lower by $114 million (US$86 million) from the same quarter last year, reflecting lower impaired and performing PCL. Expenses decreased 5% (4% in U.S. dollars), reflecting store optimization costs incurred in the prior year, which more than offset investments made in the business in the current quarter. The U.S. Retail Bank continued to provide ongoing support to help small business customers process loan forgiveness through the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), while assisting mortgage, credit card and middle-market customers with their credit needs.
The U.S. Retail Bank continued to invest in deepening customer experiences, building stronger communities and supporting colleagues. Enhancements to the TD Mobile app now provide debit card customers with the ability to easily request a digitally issued replacement once a card is reported lost, stolen or damaged. The Double Up
SM
Credit Card, added to the TD credit card suite last spring, became the primary driver of new Bankcard accounts, having added 98,000 accounts by quarter end. The Essential Banking deposit account, designed to provide better banking access to underserved communities, has resulted in 44,000 accounts since its official launch last August, helping to meet the needs of more customers, in more communities. TD Bank, America’s Most Convenient Bank
®
opened its New York City flagship store, One Vanderbilt, serving as the largest store in TD’s U.S. footprint, providing customers greater convenience and accessibility.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 1  

Table of Contents
Strong Wholesale Banking performance in Q1
Wholesale Banking reported net income of $434 million this quarter, a decrease of 1% compared to the first quarter last year, reflecting higher revenue, lower PCL and higher
non-interest
expenses. PCL for the quarter was a recovery of $5 million, compared to a $20 million provision in the first quarter last year, reflecting lower levels of both performing and impaired PCL.
Wholesale Banking delivered a strong performance while investing for future growth. During the first quarter, TD Securities continued to demonstrate its advisory and financing capabilities in sustainable finance by helping to structure and underwrite more than $12.5 billion of Green, Social and Sustainability-Linked Bonds, $24 billion of Sustainability-Linked Loans and delivering on notable advisory mandates.
Capital
TD’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 15.2%
1
.
Conclusion
“Overall, this was a strong quarter for the Bank and as we look ahead, we remain focused on the opportunities to grow our business and deepen relationships with our customers,” added Masrani. “I want to thank our 90,000 colleagues around the world who continue to deliver on our purpose to enrich the lives of our customers, colleagues and communities each and every day.”
The foregoing contains forward-looking statements. Please refer to the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” on page 4.
 
1
 
This measure has been included in this document in accordance with OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements guideline.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 2  

Table of Contents
ENHANCED DISCLOSURE TASK FORCE
The Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF) was established by the Financial Stability Board in 2012 to identify fundamental disclosure principles, recommendations and leading practices to enhance risk disclosures of banks. The index below includes the recommendations (as published by the EDTF) and lists the location of the related EDTF disclosures presented in the first quarter 2022 Report to Shareholders (RTS), Supplemental Financial Information (SFI), or Supplemental Regulatory Disclosures (SRD). Information on TD’s website, SFI, and SRD is not and should not be considered incorporated herein by reference into the first quarter 2022 RTS, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain disclosure references have been made to the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report.
 
Type of    
Risk    
  
Topic  
  
EDTF Disclosure
  
Page
  
RTS

First
Quarter
2022
  
 

SFI

First
Quarter
2022
 

 
 
 
  
SRD

First
Quarter
2022
  
Annual

Report
2021
       
General
  
1
  
Present all related risk information together in any particular report.
 
   Refer to below for location of disclosures
 
  
2
  
The bank’s risk terminology and risk measures and present key parameter values used.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
80-85, 89, 95-98,

109-110
  
3
  
Describe and discuss top and emerging risks.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
73-79
  
4
  
Outline plans to meet each new key regulatory ratio once applicable rules are finalized.
 
   25, 39   
 
 
 
  
 
   69, 106
Risk Governance and Risk Management and  Business Model
  
5
  
Summarize the bank’s risk management organization, processes, and key functions.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
81-84
  
6
  
Description of the bank’s risk culture and procedures applied to support the culture.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
80-81
  
7
  
Description of key risks that arise from the bank’s business models and activities.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
67, 80, 85-111
  
8
  
Description of stress testing within the bank’s risk governance and capital frameworks.
 
   29   
 
 
 
  
 
  
66, 84, 92-93, 109
Capital Adequacy and Risk Weighted Assets
  
9
  
Pillar 1 capital requirements and the impact for global systemically important banks.
 
  
21-25, 72
  
 
 
 
  
1-3,
6
  
62-65, 69, 216
  
10
  
Composition of capital and reconciliation of accounting balance sheet to the regulatory balance sheet.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
1-3,
5
   62
  
11
  
Flow statement of the movements in regulatory capital.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   4   
 
  
12
  
Discussion of capital planning within a more general discussion of management’s strategic planning.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
63-66, 109
  
13
  
Analysis of how risk-weighted asset (RWA) relate to business activities and related risks.
 
  
 
    
8-11
    
 
  
66-67
  
14
  
Analysis of capital requirements for each method used for calculating RWA.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   10   
86-89, 91-92
  
15
  
Tabulate credit risk in the banking book for Basel asset classes and major portfolios.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
23-38, 43-48
  
 
  
16
  
Flow statement reconciling the movements of RWA by risk type.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
11-12
  
 
  
17
  
Discussion of Basel III back-testing requirements.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
   60    88, 92, 96
Liquidity
  
18
  
The bank’s management of liquidity needs and liquidity reserves.
 
  
31-33, 35-36
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
98-100, 102-103
Funding
  
19
  
Encumbered and unencumbered assets in a table by balance sheet category.
 
   34   
 
 
 
  
 
  
101, 210-211
  
20
  
Tabulate consolidated total assets, liabilities and
off-balance
sheet commitments by remaining contractual maturity at the balance sheet date.
 
  
39-41
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
106-108
  
21
  
Discussion of the bank’s funding sources and the bank’s funding strategy.
 
  
34-39
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
103-106
Market Risk
  
22
  
Linkage of market risk measures for trading and
non-trading
portfolio and balance sheet.
 
   28   
 
 
 
  
 
   90
  
23
  
Breakdown of significant trading and
non-trading
market risk factors.
 
  
28-30
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
90, 93-94
  
24
  
Significant market risk measurement model limitations and validation procedures.
 
   29   
 
 
 
  
 
  
91-94, 96
  
25
  
Primary risk management techniques beyond reported risk measures and parameters.
 
   29   
 
 
 
  
 
  
91-94
Credit Risk
  
26
  
Provide information that facilitates users’ understanding of the bank’s credit risk profile, including any significant credit risk concentrations.
 
  
18-21, 58-64
    
19-34
    
1-5, 10-11,

13-60
  
48-61,
85-89,

166-173,
183,
186-187, 214-215
  
27
  
Description of the bank’s policies for identifying impaired loans.
 
   64   
 
 
 
  
 
   56,
142-143,

149, 173
  
28
  
Reconciliation of the opening and closing balances of impaired loans in the period and the allowance for loan losses.
 
  
19, 60-62
     23, 27     
 
   53,
169-171
  
29
  
Analysis of the bank’s counterparty credit risks that arise from derivative transactions.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
40-42, 49-53
  
88, 154, 177-179,

183, 186-187
  
30
  
Discussion of credit risk mitigation, including collateral held for all sources of credit risk.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
   88, 146, 154
Other Risks
  
31
  
Description of ‘other risk’ types based on management’s classifications and discuss how each one is identified, governed, measured, and managed.
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
95-97, 109-111
  
32
  
Discuss publicly known risk events related to other risks.
 
   70, 72   
 
 
 
  
 
  
78-79, 208-210
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 3  

Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
4
  Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
5
  Financial Highlights
6
  How We Performed
9
  Financial Results Overview
12
  How Our Businesses Performed
16
  Quarterly Results
17
  Balance Sheet Review
18
  Credit Portfolio Quality
21
  Capital Position
26
  Risk Factors and Management
26
  Managing Risk
42
  Securitization and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
42
  Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
43
 
44
  Glossary
   
   
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
47
  Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet
48
  Interim Consolidated Statement of Income
49
  Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
50
  Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
51
  Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
52
  Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
   
73
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF OPERATING PERFORMANCE
 
This MD&A is presented to enable readers to assess material changes in the financial condition and operating results of TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”) for the three months ended January 31, 2022, compared with the corresponding periods shown. This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes included in this Report to Shareholders and with the 2021 Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes and 2021 MD&A. This MD&A is dated March 2, 2022. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are expressed in Canadian dollars and have been primarily derived from the Bank’s 2021 Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes or Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and related Notes, prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Note that certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period. Additional information relating to the Bank, including the Bank’s 2021 Annual Information Form, is available on the Bank’s website at
http://www.td.com
, as well as on SEDAR at
http://www.sedar.com
and on the SEC’s website at
http://www.sec.gov
(EDGAR filers section).
 
Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
From time to time, the Bank (as defined in this document) makes written and/or oral forward-looking statements, including in this document, in other filings with Canadian regulators or the United States (U.S.) Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in other communications. In addition, representatives of the Bank may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. All such statements are made pursuant to the “safe harbour” provisions of, and are intended to be forward-looking statements under, applicable Canadian and U.S. securities legislation, including the
U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in this document, the Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“2021 MD&A”) in the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report under the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to
COVID-19”,
under the headings “Key Priorities for 2022” and “Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments, and under the heading “Focus for 2022” for the Corporate segment, and in other statements regarding the Bank’s objectives and priorities for 2022 and beyond and strategies to achieve them, the regulatory environment in which the Bank operates, the Bank’s anticipated financial performance, and the potential economic, financial and other impacts of the Coronavirus Disease 2019
(COVID-19).
Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “will”, “would”, “should”, “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “intend”, “estimate”, “plan”, “goal”, “target”, “may”, and “could”.
By their very nature, these forward-looking statements require the Bank to make assumptions and are subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific. Especially in light of the uncertainty related to the physical, financial, economic, political, and regulatory environments, such risks and uncertainties – many of which are beyond the Bank’s control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict – may cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Risk factors that could cause, individually or in the aggregate, such differences include: strategic, credit, market (including equity, commodity, foreign exchange, interest rate, and credit spreads), operational (including technology, cyber security, and infrastructure), model, insurance, liquidity, capital adequacy, legal, regulatory compliance and conduct, reputational, environmental and social, and other risks. Examples of such risk factors include the economic, financial, and other impacts of pandemics, including the
COVID-19
pandemic; general business and economic conditions in the regions in which the Bank operates; geopolitical risk; the ability of the Bank to execute on long-term strategies and shorter-term key strategic priorities, including the successful completion of acquisitions and dispositions, business retention plans, and strategic plans; technology and cyber security risk (including cyber-attacks or data security breaches) on the Bank’s information technology, internet, network access or other voice or data communications systems or services; model risk; fraud activity; the failure of third parties to comply with their obligations to the Bank or its affiliates, including relating to the care and control of information, and other risks arising from the Bank’s use of third-party service providers; the impact of new and changes to, or application of, current laws and regulations, including without limitation tax laws, capital guidelines and liquidity regulatory guidance and the bank recapitalization
“bail-in”
regime; regulatory oversight and compliance risk; increased competition from incumbents and new entrants (including Fintechs and big technology competitors); shifts in consumer attitudes and disruptive technology; exposure related to significant litigation and regulatory matters; ability of the Bank to attract, develop, and retain key talent; changes to the Bank’s credit ratings; changes in currency and interest rates (including the possibility of negative interest rates); increased funding costs and market volatility due to market illiquidity and competition for funding; Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) transition risk; critical accounting estimates and changes to accounting standards, policies, and methods used by the Bank; existing and potential international debt crises; environmental and social risk (including climate change); and the occurrence of natural and unnatural catastrophic events and claims resulting from such events. The Bank cautions that the preceding list is not exhaustive of all possible risk factors and other factors could also adversely affect the Bank’s results. For more detailed information, please refer to the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2021 MD&A, as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders and news releases (as applicable) related to any events or transactions discussed under the heading “Pending Acquisition” or “Significant and Subsequent Events and Pending Acquisitions” in the relevant MD&A, which applicable releases may be found on www.td.com. All such factors, as well as other uncertainties and potential events, and the inherent uncertainty of forward-looking statements, should be considered carefully when making decisions with respect to the Bank. The Bank cautions readers not to place undue reliance on the Bank’s forward-looking statements.
Material economic assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained in this document are set out in the 2021 MD&A under the headings “Economic Summary and Outlook” and “The Bank’s Response to
COVID-19”,
under the headings “Key Priorities for 2022” and “Operating Environment and Outlook” for the Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking segments, and under the heading “Focus for 2022” for the Corporate segment, each as may be updated in subsequently filed quarterly reports to shareholders.
Any forward-looking statements contained in this document represent the views of management only as of the date hereof and are presented for the purpose of assisting the Bank’s shareholders and analysts in understanding the Bank’s financial position, objectives and priorities and anticipated financial performance as at and for the periods ended on the dates presented, and may not be appropriate for other purposes. The Bank does not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on its behalf, except as required under applicable securities legislation.
This document was reviewed by the Bank’s Audit Committee and was approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors, on the Audit Committee’s recommendation, prior to its release.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 4  

Table of Contents

TABLE 1:  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
 
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Results of operations
      
Total revenue – reported
  
$
11,281
 
  $ 10,941     $ 10,812  
Total revenue – adjusted
1
  
 
11,281
 
    10,941       10,812  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
72
 
    (123     313  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
    650       780  
Non-interest
expenses – reported
  
 
5,967
 
    5,947       5,784  
Non-interest
expenses – adjusted
1
  
 
5,897
 
    5,898       5,744  
Net income – reported
  
 
3,733
 
    3,781       3,277  
Net income – adjusted
1
  
 
3,833
 
    3,866       3,380  
Financial position
(billions of Canadian dollars)
      
Total loans net of allowance for loan losses
  
$
743.6
 
  $ 722.6     $ 706.0  
Total assets
  
 
    1,778.6
 
        1,728.7           1,735.6  
Total deposits
  
 
1,159.5
 
    1,125.1       1,139.2  
Total equity
  
 
102.0
 
    99.8       95.4  
Total risk-weighted assets
2
  
 
470.9
 
    460.3       467.2  
Financial ratios
      
Return on common equity (ROE) – reported
3
  
 
15.3
 % 
    15.7  %      14.3  % 
Return on common equity – adjusted
1
  
 
15.7
 
    16.1       14.7  
Return on tangible common equity (ROTCE)
1
  
 
20.6
 
    21.3       19.9  
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
1
  
 
20.8
 
    21.4       20.1  
Efficiency ratio – reported
3
  
 
52.9
 
    54.4       53.5  
Efficiency ratio – adjusted
1,3
  
 
52.3
 
    53.9       53.1  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses as a % of net average loans and acceptances
  
 
0.04
 
    (0.07     0.17  
Common share information – reported
(Canadian dollars)
      
Per share earnings
      
Basic
  
$
2.03
 
  $ 2.04     $ 1.77  
Diluted
  
 
2.02
 
    2.04       1.77  
Dividends per share
  
 
0.89
 
    0.79       0.79  
Book value per share
3
  
 
53.00
 
    51.66       49.44  
Closing share price
4
  
 
101.81
 
    89.84       72.46  
Shares outstanding (millions)
      
Average basic
  
 
1,820.5
 
    1,820.5       1,814.2  
Average diluted
  
 
1,824.1
 
    1,823.2       1,815.8  
End of period
  
 
1,816.5
 
    1,822.0       1,816.0  
Market capitalization (billions of Canadian dollars)
  
$
184.9
 
  $ 163.7     $ 131.6  
Dividend yield
3
  
 
3.7
 % 
    3.7  %      4.5  % 
Dividend payout ratio
3
  
 
44.0
 
    38.7       44.6  
Price-earnings ratio
3
  
 
12.8
 
    11.6       11.0  
Total shareholder return (1 year)
3
  
 
45.8
 
    58.9       4.1  
Common share information – adjusted
(Canadian dollars)
1,3
      
Per share earnings
      
Basic
  
$
2.08
 
  $ 2.09     $ 1.83  
Diluted
  
 
2.08
 
    2.09       1.83  
Dividend payout ratio
  
 
42.8
 % 
    37.8  %      43.2  % 
Price-earnings ratio
  
 
12.5
 
    11.3       13.1  
Capital ratios
2
      
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
  
 
15.2
 % 
    15.2  %      13.6  % 
Tier 1 Capital ratio
  
 
16.3
 
    16.5       14.8  
Total Capital ratio
  
 
19.0
 
    19.1       17.4  
Leverage ratio
  
 
4.4
 
    4.8       4.5  
TLAC ratio
  
 
28.6
 
    28.3       23.8  
TLAC Leverage ratio
  
 
7.6
 
    8.2       7.2  
1
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD” or the “Bank”) prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS, the current GAAP, and refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as the “reported” results. The Bank also utilizes
non-GAAP
financial measures such as “adjusted” results and
non-GAAP
ratios to assess each of its businesses and to measure overall Bank performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts for “items of note”, from reported results. Refer to the “How We Performed” section of this document for further explanation, a list of the items of note, and a reconciliation of adjusted to reported results.
Non-GAAP
financial measures and ratios used in this document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.
2
These measures have been included in this document in accordance with the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada’s (OSFI’s) Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR), Leverage Requirements, and Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guidelines. Refer to the “Capital Position” section of this document for further details.
3
 
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
4
Toronto Stock Exchange (TSX) closing market price.
PENDING ACQUISITION
Acquisition of First Horizon Corporation
On February 28, 2022, the Bank and First Horizon Corporation (“First Horizon”) announced a definitive agreement for the Bank to acquire First Horizon in an all-cash transaction valued at US$13.4 billion, or US$25.00 for each common share of First Horizon. In connection with this transaction, the Bank has invested US$494 million in non-voting First Horizon preferred stock (convertible in certain circumstances into up to 4.9% of First Horizon’s common stock). The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of fiscal 2023, and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approvals from First Horizon’s shareholders and U.S. and Canadian regulatory authorities. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated by the Bank from the closing date and reported in the U.S. Retail segment.
If the transaction does not close prior to November 27, 2022, First Horizon shareholders will receive, at closing, an additional US$0.65 per share on an annualized basis for the period from November 27, 2022 through the day immediately prior to the closing. Either party will have the right to terminate the agreement if the transaction has not closed by February 27, 2023 (the “outside date”), subject to the right of either party (under certain conditions) to extend the outside date to May 27, 2023.
Concurrent with the announcement, the automatic share purchase plan established under the Bank’s NCIB automatically terminated pursuant to its terms. The NCIB remains in effect on the same terms and subject to the same restrictions as previously disclosed.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 5  

Table of Contents
 
HOW WE PERFORMED
CORPORATE OVERVIEW
The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). TD is the fifth largest bank in North America by assets and serves more than 26 million customers in three key businesses operating in a number of locations in financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the personal and business banking operations, wealth management services, and the Bank’s investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”); and Wholesale Banking. TD also ranks among the world’s leading online financial services firms, with more than 15 million active online and mobile customers. TD had $1.8 trillion in assets on January 31, 2022. The Toronto-Dominion Bank trades under the symbol “TD” on the Toronto and New York Stock Exchanges.
HOW THE BANK REPORTS
The Bank prepares its Interim Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with IFRS and refers to results prepared in accordance with IFRS as “reported” results.
Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures
In addition to reported results, the Bank also presents certain financial measures, including
non-GAAP
financial measures that are historical,
non-GAAP
ratios, supplementary financial measures and capital management measures, to assess its results.
Non-GAAP
financial measures, such as “adjusted” results, are utilized to assess the Bank’s businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts for “items of note”, from reported results. Items of note are items which management does not believe are indicative of underlying business performance and are disclosed in Table 3.
Non-GAAP
ratios include a
non-GAAP
financial measure as one or more of its components. Examples of
non-GAAP
ratios include adjusted basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS), adjusted dividend payout ratio, adjusted efficiency ratio, and adjusted effective income tax rate. The Bank believes that
non-GAAP
financial measures and
non-GAAP
ratios provide the reader with a better understanding of how management views the Bank’s performance.
Non-GAAP
financial measures and
non-GAAP
ratios used in this document are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers. Supplementary financial measures depict the Bank’s financial performance and position, and capital management measures depict the Bank’s capital position, and both are explained in this document where they first appear.
U.S. Strategic Cards
The Bank’s U.S. strategic cards portfolio is comprised of agreements with certain U.S. retailers pursuant to which TD is the U.S. issuer of private label and
co-branded
consumer credit cards to their U.S. customers. Under the terms of the individual agreements, the Bank and the retailers share in the profits generated by the relevant portfolios after credit losses. Under IFRS, TD is required to present the gross amount of revenue and PCL related to these portfolios in the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Statement of Income. At the segment level, the retailer program partners’ share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an offsetting amount (representing the partners’ net share) recorded in
Non-interest
expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate’s reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and credit losses attributable to TD under the agreements.
Investment in The Charles Schwab Corporation
On October 6, 2020, the Bank acquired an approximately 13.5% stake in Schwab following the completion of Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade (“Schwab transaction”). For further details, refer to Note 7 of the first quarter of 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank accounts for its investment in Schwab using the equity method and reports its
after-tax
share of Schwab’s earnings with a
one-month
lag. The U.S. Retail segment reflects the Bank’s share of net income from its investment in Schwab. The Corporate segment net income (loss) includes amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction.
The following table provides the operating results on a reported basis for the Bank.
 
 
TABLE 2:  OPERATING RESULTS – Reported
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
    
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Net interest income
  
$
6,302
 
   $ 6,262     $ 6,030  
Non-interest
income
  
 
4,979
 
     4,679       4,782  
Total revenue
  
 
    11,281
 
         10,941           10,812  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
72
 
     (123     313  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
     650       780  
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
5,967
 
     5,947       5,784  
Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab
  
 
4,486
 
     4,467       3,935  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
984
 
     910       827  
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
  
 
231
 
     224       169  
Net income – reported
  
 
3,733
 
     3,781       3,277  
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
  
 
43
 
     63       65  
Net income available to common shareholders
  
$
3,690
 
   $ 3,718     $ 3,212  
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 6  

Table of Contents
The following table provides a reconciliation between the Bank’s adjusted and reported results.
 
TABLE
3:  NON-GAAP
FINANCIAL MEASURES – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Operating results – adjusted
      
Net interest income
  
$
6,302
 
  $ 6,262     $ 6,030  
Non-interest
income
  
 
4,979
 
    4,679       4,782  
Total revenue
  
 
    11,281
 
        10,941           10,812  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
72
 
    (123     313  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
    650       780  
Non-interest
expenses
1
  
 
5,897
 
    5,898       5,744  
Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab
  
 
4,556
 
    4,516       3,975  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
1,001
 
    921       836  
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
2
  
 
278
 
    271       241  
Net income – adjusted
  
 
3,833
 
    3,866       3,380  
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
  
 
43
 
    63       65  
Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted
  
 
3,790
 
    3,803       3,315  
Pre-tax
adjustments for items of note
      
Amortization of acquired intangibles
3
  
 
(67
    (74     (74
Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction
4
  
 
(50
    (22     (38
Less: Impact of income taxes
      
Amortization of acquired intangibles
  
 
(8
    (9     (9
Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction
4
  
 
(9
    (2      
Total adjustments for items of note
  
 
(100
    (85     (103
Net income available to common shareholders – reported
  
$
3,690
 
  $ 3,718     $ 3,212  
1
Adjusted
non-interest
expenses exclude the following items of note related to the Bank’s own asset acquisitions and business combinations reported in the Corporate segment:
  i.
Amortization of acquired intangibles – Q1 2022: $33 million, Q4 2021: $40 million, Q1 2021: $39 million.
  ii.
The Bank’s own integration and acquisition costs related to the Schwab transaction – Q1 2022: $37 million, Q4 2021: $9 million, Q1 2021: $1 million.
 
2
Adjusted share of net income from investment in Schwab excludes the following items of note on an
after-tax
basis. The earnings impact of both items is reported in the Corporate segment:
  i.
Amortization of Schwab-related acquired intangibles – Q1 2022: $34 million, Q4 2021: $34 million; Q1 2021: $35 million; and
  ii.
The Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade – Q1 2022: $13 million, Q4 2021: $13 million, Q1 2021: $37 million.
 
3
Amortization of acquired intangibles relates to intangibles acquired as a result of asset acquisitions and business combinations, including the
after-tax
amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles relating to the Share of net income from investment in Schwab, reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 1 and 2 for amounts.
 
4
Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction include the Bank’s own integration and acquisition costs, as well as the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade on an
after-tax
basis, both reported in the Corporate segment. Refer to footnotes 1 and 2 for amounts.
 
TABLE 4:  RECONCILIATION OF REPORTED TO ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER SHARE
1
 
(Canadian dollars)
          
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
    
October 31
2021
 
 
    
January 31
2021
 
 
Basic earnings per share – reported
  
$
2.03
 
   $ 2.04      $ 1.77  
Adjustments for items of note
  
 
0.05
 
     0.05        0.06  
Basic earnings per share – adjusted
  
$
2.08
 
   $ 2.09      $ 1.83  
Diluted earnings per share – reported
  
$
2.02
 
   $ 2.04      $ 1.77  
Adjustments for items of note
  
 
0.05
 
     0.05        0.06  
Diluted earnings per share – adjusted
  
$
    2.08
 
   $     2.09      $     1.83  
1
EPS is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Numbers may not add due to rounding.
 
TABLE 5:  AMORTIZATION OF INTANGIBLES, NET OF INCOME TAXES
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
    
October 31
2021
 
 
    
January 31
2021
 
 
TD Bank, National Association (TD Bank, N.A.)
  
$
5
 
   $ 5      $ 9  
Schwab
1
  
 
34
 
     34        35  
MBNA Canada
  
 
3
 
     7        7  
Aeroplan
  
 
4
 
     4        6  
Other
  
 
13
 
     15        8  
Included as items of note
  
 
59
 
     65        65  
Software
  
 
97
 
     110        110  
Amortization of intangibles, net of income taxes
  
$
    156
 
   $     175      $     175  
1
Included in Share of net income from investment in Schwab.
Return on Common Equity
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity. The consolidated Bank adjusted ROE is calculated as adjusted net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common equity. Adjusted ROE is a
non-GAAP
financial ratio and can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
ROE for the business segments is calculated as the segment net income attributable to common shareholders as a percentage of average allocated capital. The Bank’s methodology for allocating capital to its business segments is largely aligned with the common equity capital requirements under Basel III. Capital allocated to the business segments increased to 10.5% Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital in the first quarter of 2022, compared with 9% in fiscal 2021.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 7  

Table of Contents
TABLE 6:  RETURN ON COMMON EQUITY
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
   
October 31
2021
   
January 31
2021
 
Average common equity
  
$
    95,829
 
  $     93,936     $     89,211  
Net income available to common shareholders – reported
  
 
3,690
 
    3,718       3,212  
Items of note, net of income taxes
  
 
100
 
    85       103  
Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted
  
$
3,790
 
  $ 3,803     $ 3,315  
Return on common equity – reported
  
 
15.3
 % 
    15.7  %      14.3  % 
Return on common equity – adjusted
  
 
15.7
 
    16.1       14.7  
Return on Tangible Common Equity
Tangible common equity (TCE) is calculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill, imputed goodwill and intangibles on the investments in Schwab and other acquired intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities. ROTCE is calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for the
after-tax
amortization of acquired intangibles, which are treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average TCE. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated using reported net income available to common shareholders, adjusted for all items of note, as a percentage of average TCE. TCE, ROTCE, and adjusted ROTCE can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity. TCE is a
non-GAAP
financial measure, and ROTCE and adjusted ROTCE are
non-GAAP
ratios.
 
TABLE 7:  RETURN ON TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 

January 31

2022
 

 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Average common equity
  
$
    95,829
 
  $     93,936     $     89,211  
Average goodwill
  
 
16,519
 
    16,408       16,743  
Average imputed goodwill and intangibles on investments in Schwab
  
 
6,585
 
    6,570       6,903  
Average other acquired intangibles
1
  
 
526
 
    565       407  
Average related deferred tax liabilities
  
 
(172
    (173     (173
Average tangible common equity
  
 
72,371
 
    70,566       65,331  
Net income available to common shareholders – reported
  
 
3,690
 
    3,718       3,212  
Amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes
  
 
59
 
    65       65  
Net income available to common shareholders adjusted for amortization of acquired intangibles, net of income taxes
  
 
3,749
 
    3,783       3,277  
       
Other items of note, net of income taxes
  
 
41
 
    20       38  
Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted
  
$
3,790
 
  $ 3,803     $ 3,315  
Return on tangible common equity
  
 
20.6
 % 
    21.3  %      19.9  % 
Return on tangible common equity – adjusted
  
 
20.8
 
    21.4       20.1  
1
Excludes intangibles relating to software and asset servicing rights.
IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
The following table reflects the estimated impact of foreign currency translation on key U.S. Retail segment income statement items. The impact is calculated as the difference in translated earnings using the average U.S. to Canadian dollars exchange rates in the periods noted.
 
TABLE 8:  IMPACT OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE ON U.S. RETAIL SEGMENT TRANSLATED EARNINGS
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
     
January 31, 2022 vs.
January 31, 2021
Increase (Decrease)
U.S. Retail Bank
  
Total revenue
  
$      
    
  (46)
Non-interest
expenses
  
(26)
Net income –
after-tax
  
(16)
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
1
  
(8)
U.S. Retail segment net income
  
(24)
Earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
  
Basic
  
$      (0.01)
Diluted
  
(0.01)
 
Average foreign exchange rate (equivalent of CAD $1.00)
  
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
     January 31
2021
 
U.S. dollar
  
$
0.790
 
   $ 0.777  
 
1
Share of net income from investment in Schwab and the foreign exchange impact are reported with a
one-month
lag.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 8  

Table of Contents
 
FINANCIAL RESULTS OVERVIEW
Performance Summary
Outlined below is an overview of the Bank’s performance for the first quarter of 2022. Shareholder performance indicators help guide and benchmark the Bank’s accomplishments. For the purposes of this analysis, the Bank utilizes adjusted earnings, which excludes items of note from the reported results that are prepared in accordance with IFRS. Reported and adjusted results and items of note are explained in
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this document.
 
Adjusted diluted EPS for the three months ended January 31, 2022, increased 13.7% from the same period last year.
 
Adjusted ROTCE for the three months ended January 31, 2022, was 20.8%.
 
For the twelve months ended January 31, 2022, the total shareholder return was 45.8% compared to the Canadian peer
2
average of 48.7%.
Net Income
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Reported net income for the quarter was $3,733 million, an increase of $456 million, or 14%, compared with the first quarter last year. The increase reflects higher revenues and lower PCL, partially offset by higher
non-interest
expenses. Adjusted net income for the quarter was $3,833 million, an increase of $453 million, or 13%.
By segment, the increase in reported net income reflects an increase in U.S. Retail of $272 million and an increase in Canadian Retail of $217 million, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $30 million and a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $3 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Reported net income for the quarter decreased $48 million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. The decrease reflects higher PCL, higher insurance claims, and higher
non-interest
expenses, partially offset by higher revenues. Adjusted net income for the quarter decreased $33 million or 1%.
By segment, the decrease in reported net income reflects a decrease in U.S. Retail of $102 million and a decrease in the Corporate segment of $77 million, partially offset by an increase in Canadian Retail of $117 million and an increase in Wholesale Banking of $14 million.
Net Interest Income
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Reported net interest income for the quarter was $6,302 million, an increase of $272 million, or 5%, compared with the first quarter last year. The increase reflects volume growth in the personal and commercial banking businesses and higher trading net interest income, partially offset by lower margins in the Canadian and U.S. Retail segments.
By segment, the increase in reported net interest income reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $107 million, an increase in U.S. Retail of $84 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $48 million, and an increase in the Corporate segment of $33 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Reported net interest income for the quarter increased $40 million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting volume growth in the personal and commercial banking businesses, partially offset by lower accelerated fee amortization from PPP loan forgiveness.
By segment, the increase in reported net interest income reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $23 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $20 million, and an increase in U.S. Retail of $12 million, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $15 million.
Non-Interest
Income
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Reported
non-interest
income for the quarter was $4,979 million, an increase of $197 million, or 4%, compared with the first quarter last year. The increase reflects higher
fee-based
revenue in the banking and wealth businesses, and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities, lower transaction revenue in the wealth business, and lower wholesale trading revenue.
By segment, the increase in reported
non-interest
income reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $266 million and an increase in U.S. Retail of $18 million, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $75 million and a decrease in Wholesale Banking of $12 million.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Reported
non-interest
income for the quarter increased $300 million, or 6%, compared with the prior quarter. The increase primarily reflects higher wholesale trading revenue, higher
fee-based
revenue in the banking and wealth businesses, and prior quarter premium rebates for customers in the insurance business, partially offset by lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities.
By segment, the increase in reported
non-interest
income reflects an increase in Wholesale Banking of $176 million, an increase in Canadian Retail of $175 million, partially offset by a decrease in the Corporate segment of $45 million and a decrease in U.S. Retail of $6 million.
Provision for Credit Losses
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
PCL for the quarter was $72 million, a decrease of $241 million or 77%, compared with the first quarter last year. PCL – impaired was $329 million, a decrease of $137 million, largely related to improved credit conditions. PCL – performing was a recovery of $257 million, compared with a recovery of $153 million in the prior year, reflecting improved credit conditions, including a more favourable economic outlook. Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.04%.
By segment, the decrease in PCL reflects a decrease of $114 million in U.S. Retail, a decrease of $109 million in Canadian Retail, and a decrease of $25 million in Wholesale Banking, partially offset by an increase of $7 million in the Corporate segment.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
PCL for the quarter increased $195 million compared with prior quarter. PCL – impaired increased by $109 million. While still significantly below historical levels, the increase reflects early signs of normalization of credit performance. PCL – performing was a recovery of $257 million, compared with a recovery of $343 million in the prior quarter. The performing release this quarter reflects a more favourable economic outlook. Total PCL for the quarter as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.04%.
 
2
 
Canadian peers include Bank of Montreal, Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, Royal Bank of Canada, and The Bank of Nova Scotia.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 9  

Table of Contents
By segment, the increase in PCL reflects an increase of $97 million in U.S. Retail, an increase of $72 million in Wholesale Banking, and an increase of $46 million in the Corporate segment, partially offset by a decrease of $20 million in Canadian Retail.
 
TABLE 9:  PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3 (impaired)
      
Canadian Retail
  
$
150
 
  $ 140     $ 167  
U.S. Retail
  
 
125
 
    68       190  
Wholesale Banking
  
 
(4
    (14     10  
Corporate
2
  
 
58
 
    26       99  
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 3
  
 
329
 
    220       466  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1 and Stage 2 performing
      
Canadian Retail
  
 
(117
    (87     (25
U.S. Retail
  
 
(104
    (144     (55
Wholesale Banking
  
 
(1
    (63     10  
Corporate
2
  
 
(35
    (49     (83
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses – Stage 1 and Stage 2
  
 
(257
    (343     (153
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
$
72
 
  $ (123   $ 313  
 
1
Includes PCL for
off-balance
sheet instruments.
2
Includes PCL on the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
Insurance claims and related expenses
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter were $756 million, a decrease of $24 million, or 3%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in
non-interest
income, partially offset by more severe weather-related events.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter increased $106 million, or 16%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting higher current year claims, less favourable prior years’ claims development, and more severe weather-related events.
Non-Interest
Expenses and Efficiency Ratio
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Reported
non-interest
expenses were $5,967 million, an increase of $183 million, or 3%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting higher spend supporting business growth and higher employee-related expenses, partially offset by prior year store optimization costs and the impact of foreign exchange translation. Adjusted
non-interest
expenses were $5,897 million, an increase of $153 million, or 3%.
By segment, the increase in reported
non-interest
expenses reflects an increase in Canadian Retail of $215 million, an increase in Wholesale Banking of $53 million, and an increase in the Corporate segment of $6 million, partially offset by a decrease in U.S. Retail of $91 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 52.9% compared to 53.5% in the first quarter last year. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio was 52.3%, compared with 53.1% in the first quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Reported
non-interest
expenses for the quarter were $5,967 million, an increase of $20 million compared with the prior quarter. Adjusted
non-interest
expenses were $5,897 million, flat compared with the prior quarter.
By segment, the increase in reported
non-interest
expenses reflects an increase in Wholesale Banking of $106 million, partially offset by a decrease in Canadian Retail of $43 million, a decrease in the Corporate segment of $23 million, and a decrease in U.S. Retail of $20 million.
The Bank’s reported efficiency ratio was 52.9% compared with 54.4% in the prior quarter. The Bank’s adjusted efficiency ratio was 52.3%, compared with 53.9% in the prior quarter.
Income Taxes
As discussed in
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this document, the Bank adjusts its reported results to assess each of its businesses and to measure overall Bank performance. As such, the provision for income taxes is stated on a reported and an adjusted basis.
The Bank’s effective income tax rate on a reported basis was 21.9% for the current quarter, compared with 21.0% in the first quarter last year and 20.4% in the prior quarter. The year-over-year increase primarily reflects the impact of higher
pre-tax
income. The quarter-over-quarter increase mainly reflects changes to the estimated liability for uncertain tax positions recorded in the prior quarter.
To allow for an
after-tax
calculation of adjusted income, the adjusted provision for income taxes is calculated by adjusting the taxes for each item of note using the statutory income tax rate of the applicable legal entity. The adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated as the adjusted provision for income taxes before other taxes as a percentage of adjusted net income before taxes. The Bank’s adjusted effective income tax rate was 22.0% for the current quarter, compared with 21.0% in the first quarter last year and 20.4% in the prior quarter. The year-over-year increase primarily reflects the impact of higher
pre-tax
income. The quarter-over-quarter increase mainly reflects changes to the estimated liability for uncertain tax positions recorded in the prior quarter. Adjusted results are not defined terms under IFRS and, therefore, may not be comparable to similar terms used by other issuers.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 10  

Table of Contents

TABLE 10: INCOME TAXES – Reconciliation of Reported to Adjusted Provision for Income Taxes
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
   
October 31
2021
   
January 31
2021
 
Income taxes at Canadian statutory income tax rate
  
$
  1,178
 
  
 
26.3
  $   1,173        26.3   $   1,033        26.3
Increase (decrease) resulting from:
               
Dividends received
  
 
(32
  
 
(0.7
    (28      (0.6     (31      (0.8
Rate differentials on international operations
1
  
 
(171
  
 
(3.8
    (239      (5.3     (181      (4.6
Other
  
 
9
 
  
 
0.1
 
    4        –         6        0.1  
Provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate – reported
  
$
984
 
  
 
21.9
  $ 910        20.4   $ 827        21.0
Total adjustments for items of note
  
 
17
 
  
 
 
 
    11     
 
 
 
    9     
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes and effective income tax rate – adjusted
  
$
1,001
 
  
 
22.0
  $ 921        20.4   $ 836        21.0
 
 
1
These amounts reflect tax credits as well as international business mix.
ECONOMIC SUMMARY AND OUTLOOK
The global economy had a solid year in calendar 2021, with gross domestic product (GDP) estimated to have grown by nearly 6%, more than recovering the output lost in 2020.
Persistent disruptions related to
COVID-19
and global supply chains, as well as a spike in energy prices, have weighed on growth and boosted inflation at the outset of calendar 2022. With increased vaccination rates and more effective treatments, economic activity is expected to pick up as advanced economies continue to ease restrictions on activity. However, the global outlook remains subject to downside risk from the emergence of new, more virulent or vaccine-resistant variants. In addition, the recent escalation in tensions between Russia and Ukraine is a downside geopolitical risk that warrants monitoring.
High and persistent inflation has garnered a forceful response from global central banks in most advanced and emerging market economies. Some have already commenced raising policy rates, while others (such as the Bank of Canada and the Federal Reserve) have signaled that an increase is imminent. China, where concerns over flagging growth have led to an easing in monetary policy, is an exception. Tighter financial conditions alongside a shift in the composition of demand toward services and a steady alleviation in supply bottlenecks, should help to tame inflationary pressures, but the speed of the adjustment is highly uncertain.
The U.S. economy ended 2021 on a strong note, growing by an estimated 6.9% annualized in the fourth calendar quarter, accelerating from 2.3% in the third quarter. Much of the uptick was due to a rebuilding in business inventories, which had been depleted by the combination of strong demand for goods and supply chain disruptions earlier in the year. Consumer spending growth also improved across many categories, although it decelerated in areas highly sensitive to the pandemic, such as food services and accommodation.
The U.S. labour market made considerable strides over the past year, with
non-farm
payrolls up 4.6%
year-on-year
in January 2022. The unemployment rate edged up to 4.0% in the month, but is just 0.5 percentage points above its February 2020
pre-pandemic
low. Still, the labour market has not made a full recovery. As of January 2022, payrolls were 2.9 million (1.9%) below
pre-pandemic
levels and there were nearly one million fewer people in the labour force. With historically high job openings, the mismatch between labor supply and demand has pushed up nominal wage growth to the highest rate in over 20 years.
Despite this, wage growth has not kept pace with the increase in consumer prices. In January, the
year-on-year
percent change in the U.S. Consumer Price Index (CPI) hit a
40-year
high of 7.5%. Over half of the increase in the CPI was due to rising gasoline and vehicle prices. Energy prices have pushed even higher at the outset of 2022, and while auto production and sales picked up at the start of the year, supply shortages have continued to weigh on motor vehicle manufacturing. Over time, increases in energy and vehicle production should help to moderate the increase in transportation prices, but other sources of price pressures may take their place. Home price and rent measures have risen by double-digit rates and will likely translate into faster shelter price growth within the CPI measure in the coming months.
The Federal Reserve has responded to high inflation by signaling the conclusion of its quantitative easing (QE) program in early March and its intention to begin raising the federal funds rate, which TD Economics anticipates will happen at its next meeting in March 2022. Thereafter, TD Economics expects the federal funds rate to increase in 25 basis points (bps) increments three more times over the course of calendar 2022, bringing it to 1.25% by the end of the calendar year. The timing and magnitude of future rate increases may be altered should inflationary pressures fail to ease at a pace consistent with the central bank’s expectations.
The Canadian economy accelerated in the final calendar quarter of 2021, buoyed by strong growth in the early months of the quarter. By November, real GDP pushed above its
pre-pandemic
level by an estimated 0.2%. Growth was broad-based, with both goods and service industries growing strongly. Activity appears to have stalled in December 2021 and January 2022, as the rapidly spreading Omicron variant once again led to mobility restrictions across the country. However, provincial governments embarked on reopening plans in February that, if sustained, should result in a noticeable
pick-up
in activity through the late winter and early spring months.
The Canadian labour market added jobs at a record clip in 2021. The
re-imposition
of restrictions on activity resulted in a sizeable pullback of 200,000 jobs in January, causing the unemployment rate to rise to 6.5% from 6.0%. However, the rise in unemployment was entirely due to an increase in people on temporary
lay-off
or scheduled to start a job in the near future. The labour force remains on a solid footing and is larger than it was prior to the pandemic. As 2022 unfolds, ongoing pockets of weakness in high-contact service industries, such as leisure and hospitality, should improve. As in the United States, demand for labour is strong across industries, and job growth is expected to remain healthy.
Canadian home sales continued to move higher through the end of last year. Upward pressure on home prices reflects the combination of healthy demand and limited inventory, with the number of homes for sale hitting a record low in December. Average home prices were up close to 20%
year-on-year
in December, the second year of double-digit growth. As the Bank of Canada raises rates, the corresponding increase in mortgage rates is likely to slow housing demand over the next year, but limited inventories are expected to support prices.
CPI inflation is lower in Canada than in the United States, but hit a
30-year
high of 5.1% in January 2022. The outlook for inflation will depend on the trajectory of supply constraints and the pace of demand growth. With energy prices continuing to move higher and global supply disruptions prolonged by the spread of Omicron, inflation is likely to remain elevated at the outset of 2022.
The Bank of Canada kept its overnight interest rate at 0.25% in January, but has clearly signaled its intention to raise rates. In addition, it has already ended its asset purchases and has communicated its intention to begin reducing the size of its balance sheet alongside increases in its policy rate. TD Economics expects the overnight rate to rise by 25 bps in March and anticipates three more 25 bps increases before the end of the calendar year, bringing it to 1.25% by the end of the year. With interest rates set to increase by the same amount in Canada and the United States, the Canadian dollar is expected to remain in a range of
79-81
U.S. cents over the next two years.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 11  

Table of Contents
 
HOW OUR BUSINESSES PERFORMED
For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports its results under three key business segments: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the personal and commercial banking, wealth, and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the personal and business banking operations, wealth management services, and the Bank’s investment in Schwab; and Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.
Results of each business segment reflect revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities generated by the businesses in that segment. Where applicable, the Bank measures and evaluates the performance of each segment based on adjusted results and ROE, and for those segments, the Bank indicates that the measure is adjusted. For further details, refer to the “How We Performed” section of this document, the “Business Focus” section in the Bank’s 2021 MD&A, and Note 29 of the Bank’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended October 31, 2021.
PCL related to performing (Stage 1 and Stage 2) and impaired (Stage 3) financial assets, loan commitments, and financial guarantees is recorded within the respective segment.
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB), which means that the value of
non-taxable
or
tax-exempt
income, including certain dividends, is adjusted to its equivalent
before-tax
value. Using TEB allows the Bank to measure income from all securities and loans consistently and makes for a more meaningful comparison of net interest income with similar institutions. The TEB increase to net interest income and provision for income taxes reflected in Wholesale Banking’s results are reversed in the Corporate segment. The TEB adjustment for the quarter was $38 million, compared with $36 million in the prior quarter and $42 million in the first quarter last year.
Share of net income from investment in Schwab is reported in the U.S. Retail segment. Amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction are recorded in the Corporate segment.
 
TABLE 11:  CANADIAN RETAIL
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
   
October 31
2021
   
January 31
2021
 
Net interest income
  
$
3,085
 
  $ 3,062     $ 2,978  
Non-interest
income
  
 
3,633
 
    3,458       3,367  
Total revenue
  
 
6,718
 
    6,520       6,345  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired
  
 
150
 
    140       167  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing
  
 
(117
    (87     (25
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
33
 
    53       142  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
    650       780  
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
2,869
 
    2,912       2,654  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
806
 
    768       732  
Net income
  
$
2,254
 
  $ 2,137     $ 2,037  
 
Selected volumes and ratios
      
Return on common equity
1
  
 
44.8
    47.7     46.0
Net interest margin (including on securitized assets)
2
  
 
2.53
 
    2.57       2.65  
Efficiency ratio
  
 
42.7
 
    44.7       41.8  
Assets under administration (billions of Canadian dollars)
3
  
$
557
 
  $ 557     $ 484  
Assets under management (billions of Canadian dollars)
3
  
 
429
 
    427       380  
Number of Canadian retail branches
  
 
1,062
 
    1,061       1,087  
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
  
 
42,952
 
    42,205       40,714  
 
1
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 10.5% CET1 Capital effective the first quarter of fiscal 2022 compared with 9% in the prior year.
2
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest-earning assets. Average interest-earning assets used in the calculation of net interest margin is a
non-GAAP
financial measure. Refer to
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about these metrics.
3
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Canadian Retail net income for the quarter was $2,254 million, an increase of $217 million, or 11%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting higher revenue and lower PCL, partially offset by higher
non-interest
expenses. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 44.8%, compared with 46.0% in the first quarter last year.
Canadian Retail revenue is derived from the personal and business banking, wealth, and insurance businesses. Revenue for the quarter was $6,718 million, an increase of $373 million, or 6%, compared with the first quarter last year.
Net interest income was $3,085 million, an increase of $107 million, or 4%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting volume growth, partially offset by lower margins. Average loan volumes increased $40 billion, or 9%, reflecting 8% growth in personal loans and 14% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $40 billion, or 9%, reflecting 7% growth in personal deposits, 13% growth in business deposits, and 9% growth in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.53%, a decrease of 12 bps, reflecting changes to balance sheet mix, lower margins on loans, and lower mortgage prepayment revenue.
Non-interest
income was $3,633 million, an increase of $266 million, or 8%, reflecting higher
fee-based
revenue in the banking and wealth businesses, and higher insurance volumes, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in insurance claims, and lower transaction revenue in the wealth business.
Assets under administration (AUA) were $557 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of $73 billion, or 15%, and assets under management (AUM) were $429 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of $49 billion, or 13%, compared with the first quarter last year, both reflecting market appreciation and net asset growth.
PCL was $33 million, a decrease of $109 million, compared with the first quarter last year. PCL – impaired for the quarter was $150 million, a decrease of $17 million, or 10%. PCL – performing was a recovery of $117 million, compared with a recovery of $25 million in the prior year, reflecting improved credit conditions, including a more favourable economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.03%, a decrease of 9 bps compared with the first quarter last year.
Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter were $756 million, a decrease of $24 million, or 3%, compared with the first quarter last year reflecting a decrease in the fair value of investments supporting claims liabilities which resulted in a similar decrease in
non-interest
income, partially offset by more severe weather-related events.
Non-interest
expenses for the quarter were $2,869 million, an increase of $215 million, or 8%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting higher spend supporting business growth, including technology and marketing costs, higher employee-related expenses and variable compensation.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 42.7%, compared with 41.8% in the first quarter last year.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 12  

Table of Contents
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Canadian Retail net income for the quarter was $2,254 million, an increase of $117 million, or 5%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting higher revenue and lower
non-interest
expenses, partially offset by higher insurance claims. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 44.8%, compared with 47.7%, in the prior quarter.
Revenue increased $198 million, or 3%, compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income increased $23 million, or 1%. Average loan volumes increased $11 billion, or 2%, reflecting 2% growth in personal loans and 3% growth in business loans. Average deposit volumes increased $8 billion, or 2%, reflecting 1% growth in personal deposits, 2% growth in business deposits, and a 3% increase in wealth deposits. Net interest margin was 2.53%, a decrease of 4 bps, primarily reflecting lower margins on loans.
Non-interest
income increased $175 million, or 5%, reflecting prior quarter premium rebates for customers in the insurance business, higher transaction and
fee-based
revenue in the wealth business, and higher
fee-based
revenue in the banking businesses.
AUA and AUM, were relatively flat compared with the prior quarter.
PCL was $33 million, a decrease of $20 million, compared with the prior quarter. PCL – impaired increased $10 million, or 7%. PCL – performing was a recovery of $117 million compared with a recovery of $87 million in the prior quarter. The performing release this quarter reflects a more favourable economic outlook. Total PCL as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.03%, a decrease of 1 basis point.
Insurance claims and related expenses for the quarter increased $106 million, or 16%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting higher current year claims, less favourable prior years’ claims development and more severe weather-related events.
Non-interest
expenses decreased $43 million, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter reflecting lower technology and marketing costs.
The efficiency ratio was 42.7%, compared with 44.7%, in the prior quarter.
 
TABLE 12:  U.S. RETAIL
 
(millions of dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
Canadian Dollars
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Net interest income
  
$
        2,115
 
  $         2,103     $         2,031  
Non-interest
income
  
 
671
 
    677       653  
Total revenue
  
 
2,786
 
    2,780       2,684  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired
  
 
125
 
    68       190  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing
  
 
(104
    (144     (55
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
21
 
    (76     135  
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
1,597
 
    1,617       1,688  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
148
 
    111       70  
U.S. Retail Bank net income
  
 
1,020
 
    1,128       791  
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
1,2
  
 
252
 
    246       209  
Net income
  
$
1,272
 
  $ 1,374     $ 1,000  
U.S. Dollars
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
  
$
1,671
 
  $ 1,673     $ 1,579  
Non-interest
income
  
 
530
 
    539       507  
Total revenue
  
 
2,201
 
    2,212       2,086  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired
  
 
99
 
    53       147  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing
  
 
(82
    (115     (44
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
17
 
    (62     103  
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
1,261
 
    1,288       1,313  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
117
 
    89       55  
U.S. Retail Bank net income
  
 
806
 
    897       615  
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
1,2
  
 
200
 
    195       161  
Net income
  
$
1,006
 
  $ 1,092     $ 776  
Selected volumes and ratios
      
Return on common equity
3
  
 
12.6
 % 
    14.5  %      9.8  % 
Net interest margin
4
  
 
2.21
 
    2.21       2.24  
Efficiency ratio
  
 
57.3
 
    58.2       62.9  
Assets under administration (billions of U.S. dollars)
  
$
32
 
  $ 30     $ 26  
Assets under management (billions of U.S. dollars)
  
 
40
 
    41       43  
Number of U.S. retail stores
  
 
1,152
 
    1,148       1,223  
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
  
 
24,922
 
    24,771       26,333  
 
1
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings is reported with a
one-month
lag. Refer to Note 7 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
2
The
after-tax
amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition are recorded in the Corporate segment.
3
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 10.5% CET1 Capital effective the first quarter of fiscal 2022 compared with 9% in the prior year.
4
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing U.S. Retail segment’s net interest income by average interest-earning assets excluding the impact related to sweep deposits arrangements and the impact of intercompany deposits and cash collateral, which management believes better reflects segment performance. In addition, the value of
tax-exempt
interest income is adjusted to its equivalent
before-tax
value. Net interest income and average interest-earning assets used in the calculation are
non-GAAP
financial measures. For additional information about the Bank’s use of
non-GAAP
financial measures, refer to
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this document.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
U.S. Retail net income for the quarter was $1,272 million (US$1,006 million), an increase of $272 million (US$230 million), or 27% (30% in U.S. dollars) compared with the first quarter last year. The annualized ROE for the quarter was 12.6%, compared with 9.8%, in the first quarter last year.
U.S. Retail net income includes contributions from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab. Net income for the quarter from the U.S. Retail Bank and the Bank’s investment in Schwab was $1,020 million (US$806 million) and $252 million (US$200 million), respectively.
The contribution from Schwab of US$200 million increased US$39 million, or 24%, compared with the contribution in the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue.
U.S. Retail Bank net income of US$806 million increased US$191 million, or 31%, primarily reflecting higher revenue, lower PCL, and lower
non-interest
expenses.
U.S. Retail Bank revenue is derived from the personal and business banking and wealth management businesses. Revenue for the quarter was US$2,201 million, an increase of US$115 million, or 6%, compared with the first quarter last year. Net interest income of US$1,671 million, was up US$92 million,
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 13  

Table of Contents
largely driven by the benefit of higher business and personal deposit volumes and margins combined with increased earnings on the investment portfolio, partially offset by lower loan margins and decreased sweep deposit balances. Net interest margin of 2.21%, was down 3 bps, as the impact of negative balance sheet mix was partially offset by deposit margin expansion and increased earnings on the investment portfolio.
Non-interest
income increased US$23 million, or 5%, compared with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting fee income growth from increased customer activity, partially offset by lower gains on the sale of mortgage loans.
Average loan volumes decreased US$10 billion, or 6%, compared with the first quarter last year. Personal loans were flat while business loans decreased 11%, as PPP loan forgiveness accounted for about 56% of the decline in business loans with paydowns of commercial loans driving the remaining decline. Average deposit volumes increased US$20 billion, or 5%, reflecting a 15% increase in personal deposits and a 12% increase in business deposits, partially offset by a 6% decrease in sweep deposits.
AUA were US$32 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of US$6 billion, or 23%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting net asset growth. AUM were US$40 billion as at January 31, 2022, a decrease of US$3 billion, or 7%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting net asset outflows, partially offset by market appreciation.
PCL for the quarter was US$17 million, a decrease of US$86 million compared with the first quarter last year. PCL – impaired was US$99 million, a decrease of US$48 million, or 33%, largely related to improved credit conditions. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$82 million, compared with a recovery of US$44 million in the prior year, reflecting improved credit conditions, including a more favourable economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.04%, a decrease of 21 bps, compared with the first quarter last year.
Non-interest
expenses for the quarter were US$1,261 million, a decrease of US$52 million, or 4%, compared with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting prior year store optimization costs of US$76 million and productivity savings in the current year, partially offset by higher employee related expenses and investments in the business.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 57.3%, compared with 62.9%, in the first quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
U.S. Retail net income of $1,272 million (US$1,006 million) decreased $102 million (US$86 million), or 7% (8% in U.S. dollars). The annualized ROE for the quarter was 12.6%, compared with 14.5% in the prior quarter.
The contribution from Schwab of US$200 million increased US$5 million, or 3%, primarily reflecting higher net interest revenue, partially offset by higher operating expenses.
U.S. Retail Bank net income of US$806 million decreased US$91 million, or 10%, compared with the prior quarter, primarily reflecting higher PCL.
Revenue for the quarter decreased US$11 million, relatively flat, compared with the prior quarter. Net interest income of US$1,671 million, and net interest margin of 2.21%, were relatively flat as the impact of lower accelerated fee amortization from PPP forgiveness was offset by deposit margin expansion and increased earnings on the investment portfolio.
Non-interest
income decreased US$9 million, or 2%, primarily reflecting a lower valuation on certain investments, partially offset by higher fee income growth from increased customer activity.
Average loan volumes decreased US$1 billion, or 1%, compared with the prior quarter. Personal loans increased 2%, primarily reflecting growth in residential mortgage and credit card balances. Business loans decreased 3%, the majority related to PPP loan forgiveness. Average deposit volumes increased US$9 billion, or 2%, compared with the prior quarter reflecting a 3% increase in personal deposits, a 2% increase in business deposits, and a 2% increase in sweep deposits.
AUA were US$32 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of US$2 billion, or 7%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting net asset growth. AUM were US$40 billion as at January 31, 2022, a decrease of US$1 billion, or 2%, reflecting net asset outflows, partially offset by market appreciation.
PCL was US$17 million compared with a recovery of US$62 million in the prior quarter. PCL – impaired increased US$46 million, or 87%. While still significantly below historical levels, the increase reflects early signs of normalization of credit performance, including seasonal trends in the credit card and auto portfolios. PCL – performing was a recovery of US$82 million, compared with a recovery of US$115 million in the prior quarter. The current quarter performing release reflects a more favourable economic outlook. U.S. Retail PCL including only the Bank’s share of PCL in the U.S. strategic cards portfolio, as an annualized percentage of credit volume was 0.04%, higher by 19 bps.
Non-interest
expenses for the quarter were US$1,261 million, a decrease of US$27 million, or 2%, primarily reflecting timing of project expenses and higher incentive compensation costs in the prior quarter.
The efficiency ratio for the quarter was 57.3%, compared with 58.2% in the prior quarter.
THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
Refer to Note 7, Investment in Associates and Joint Ventures of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on Schwab.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 14  

Table of Contents
TABLE 13:  WHOLESALE BANKING
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Net interest income (TEB)
  
$
709
 
  $ 689     $ 661  
Non-interest
income
  
 
637
 
    461       649  
Total revenue
  
 
1,346
 
    1,150       1,310  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – impaired
  
 
(4
    (14     10  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses – performing
  
 
(1
    (63     10  
Total provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
(5
    (77     20  
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
764
 
    658       711  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes (TEB)
  
 
153
 
    149       142  
Net income
  
$
434
 
  $ 420     $ 437  
Selected volumes and ratios
      
Trading-related revenue (TEB)
1
  
$
726
 
  $ 510     $ 744  
Average gross lending portfolio (billions of Canadian dollars)
2
  
 
59.2
 
    58.1       58.7  
Return on common equity
3
  
 
16.2
 % 
    18.6  %      21.3  % 
Efficiency ratio
  
 
56.8
 
    57.2       54.3  
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
  
 
    4,932
 
        4,910           4,678  
 
1
Includes net interest income TEB of $525 million (October 2021 – $514 million, January 2021 – $504 million), and trading income (loss) of $201 million (October 2021 – $(4) million, January 2021 – $240 million). Trading-related revenue (TEB) is a
non-GAAP
financial measure. Refer to
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about this metric.
2
Includes gross loans and bankers’ acceptances relating to Wholesale Banking, excluding letters of credit, cash collateral, credit default swaps, and allowance for credit losses.
3
Capital allocated to the business segment was increased to 10.5% CET1 Capital effective the first quarter of fiscal 2022 compared with 9% in the prior year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Wholesale Banking net income for the quarter was $434 million, a decrease of $3 million, or 1%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting higher revenue and lower PCL, offset by higher
non-interest
expenses.
Wholesale Banking revenue is derived primarily from capital markets and corporate and investment banking services provided to corporate, government, and institutional clients. Wholesale Banking generates revenue from corporate lending, advisory, underwriting, sales, trading and research, client securitization, trade finance, cash management, prime services, and trade execution services. Revenue for the quarter was $1,346 million, an increase of $36 million, or 3%, compared with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher loan fees and prime services revenue.
PCL for the quarter was a recovery of $5 million, lower by $25 million compared with the first quarter last year. PCL – impaired was a recovery of $4 million, lower by $14 million. PCL – performing was a recovery of $1 million, lower by $11 million.
Non-interest
expenses were $764 million, an increase of $53 million, or 7%, compared with the first quarter last year, primarily reflecting higher employee-related costs from continued investment in Wholesale Banking’s U.S. dollar strategy, including the investments in TD Securities Automated Trading.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Wholesale Banking net income for the quarter was $434 million, an increase of $14 million, or 3%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting higher revenue, partially offset by higher
non-interest
expenses and a lower PCL recovery.
Revenue for the quarter increased $196 million, or 17%, primarily reflecting higher trading-related revenue, partially offset by lower advisory fees.
PCL for the quarter was a recovery of $5 million, compared with a recovery of $77 million in the prior quarter. PCL – impaired was a recovery of $4 million. PCL – performing was a recovery of $1 million, compared with a recovery of $63 million in the prior quarter.
Non-interest
expenses for the quarter increased $106 million, or 16%, primarily reflecting higher variable compensation.
 
TABLE 14:  CORPORATE
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
   
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
Net income (loss) – reported
  
$
(227
  $ (150   $ (197
Adjustments for items of note
      
Amortization of acquired intangibles before income taxes
  
 
67
 
    74       74  
Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction
  
 
50
 
    22       38  
Less: impact of income taxes
  
 
17
 
    11       9  
Net income (loss) – adjusted
1
  
$
(127
  $ (65   $ (94
Decomposition of items included in net income (loss) – adjusted
      
Net corporate expenses
2
  
$
(168
  $ (202   $ (182
Other
  
 
41
 
    137       88  
Net income (loss) – adjusted
1
  
$
(127
  $ (65   $ (94
Selected volumes
      
Average number of full-time equivalent staff
  
 
    18,017
 
        17,772           17,720  
 
1
For additional information about Bank’s use of
non-GAAP
financial measures, refer to
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section of this document.
2
For additional information about this metric, refer to the Glossary of this document.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the quarter was $227 million, compared with a reported net loss of $197 million in the first quarter last year. The year-over-year increase reflects a lower contribution from other items, partially offset by lower net corporate expenses. The decrease in other items primarily reflects lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities this quarter. Net corporate expenses decreased $14 million compared to the same quarter last year. The adjusted net loss for the quarter was $127 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $94 million in the first quarter last year.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Corporate segment’s reported net loss for the quarter was $227 million, compared with a reported net loss of $150 million in the prior quarter. The quarter-over-quarter increase reflects a lower contribution from other items, partially offset by lower net corporate expenses. The decrease in other items primarily reflects lower revenue from treasury and balance sheet management activities this quarter. Net corporate expenses decreased $34 million compared to the prior quarter. The adjusted net loss for the quarter was $127 million, compared with an adjusted net loss of $65 million in the prior quarter.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 15  

Table of Contents
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS
The following table provides summary information related to the Bank’s eight most recently completed quarters.
 
TABLE 15:  QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                        
For the three months ended
 
  
 
2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    2021    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    2020  
 
  
 
Jan. 31
      Oct. 31     Jul. 31     Apr. 30     Jan. 31     Oct. 31     Jul. 31     Apr. 30
Net interest income
  
$
6,302
 
  $ 6,262     $ 6,004     $ 5,835     $ 6,030     $ 6,027     $ 6,101     $ 6,200  
Non-interest
income
  
 
4,979
 
    4,679       4,708       4,393       4,782       5,817       4,564       4,328  
Total revenue
  
 
11,281
 
    10,941       10,712       10,228       10,812       11,844       10,665       10,528  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
72
 
    (123     (37     (377     313       917       2,188       3,218  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
    650       836       441       780       630       805       671  
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
5,967
 
    5,947       5,616       5,729       5,784       5,709       5,307       5,121  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
984
 
    910       922       962       827       (202     445       250  
Share of net income from investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade
  
 
231
 
    224       170       222       169       353       328       247  
Net income – reported
  
 
3,733
 
    3,781       3,545       3,695       3,277       5,143       2,248       1,515  
Pre-tax
adjustments for items of note
1
                
Amortization of acquired intangibles
  
 
67
 
    74       68       69       74       61       63       68  
Acquisition and integration charges related to the Schwab transaction
  
 
50
 
    22       24       19       38                    
Net gain on sale of the investment in TD Ameritrade
2
  
 
 
                            (1,421            
Charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone
3
  
 
 
                            25       25       26  
Total
pre-tax
adjustments for items of note
  
 
117
 
    96       92       88       112       (1,335     88       94  
Less: Impact of income taxes
1
  
 
17
 
    11       9       8       9       838       9       10  
Net income – adjusted
  
 
3,833
 
    3,866       3,628       3,775       3,380       2,970       2,327       1,599  
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
  
 
43
 
    63       56       65       65       64       68       68  
Net income available to common shareholders – adjusted
  
$
3,790
 
  $ 3,803     $ 3,572     $ 3,710     $ 3,315     $ 2,906     $ 2,259     $ 1,531  
(Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
                
Reported
  
$
2.03
 
  $ 2.04     $ 1.92     $ 2.00     $ 1.77     $ 2.80     $ 1.21     $ 0.80  
Adjusted
  
 
2.08
 
    2.09       1.96       2.04       1.83       1.60       1.25       0.85  
Diluted earnings per share
                
Reported
  
 
2.02
 
    2.04       1.92       1.99       1.77       2.80       1.21       0.80  
Adjusted
  
 
2.08
 
    2.09       1.96       2.04       1.83       1.60       1.25       0.85  
Return on common equity – reported
  
 
15.3
 % 
    15.7  %      15.3  %      16.7  %      14.3  %      23.3  %      10.0  %      6.9  % 
Return on common equity – adjusted
  
 
15.7
 
    16.1       15.6       17.1       14.7       13.3       10.4       7.3  
 
(billions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average total assets
  
$
1,769
 
  $ 1,750     $ 1,699     $ 1,726     $ 1,746     $ 1,718     $ 1,681     $ 1,568  
Average interest-earning assets
4
  
 
1,593
 
    1,574       1,527       1,536       1,563       1,531       1,494       1,374  
Net interest margin
  
 
1.57
 % 
    1.58  %      1.56  %      1.56  %      1.53  %      1.57  %      1.62  %      1.83  % 
 
1
For explanations of items of note, refer to the
“Non-GAAP
Financial Measures – Reconciliation of Adjusted to Reported Net Income” table in the “How We Performed” section of this document.
2
Adjusted
non-interest
income excludes the Bank’s net gain on sale of its investment in TD Ameritrade as a result of the Schwab transaction primarily related to a revaluation gain, the release of cumulative foreign currency translation gains offset by the release of designated hedging items and related taxes, and the release of a deferred tax liability related to the Bank’s investment in TD Ameritrade, net of direct transaction costs. These amounts were reported in the Corporate segment.
3
Adjusted
non-interest
expenses exclude charges associated with the acquisition of Greystone Capital Management Inc. (“Greystone”), reported in the Canadian Retail segment.
4
Average interest-earning assets is a
non-GAAP
financial measure. Refer to
“Non-GAAP
and Other Financial Measures” in the “How We Performed” section and the Glossary of this document for additional information about this metric.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 16  

Table of Contents
 
BALANCE SHEET REVIEW
 
TABLE 16:  SELECTED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ITEMS
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
 
 
  
 
As at
 
     
January 31, 2022
    
October 31, 2021
 
Assets
     
Cash and Interest-bearing deposits with banks
  
$
172,210
 
   $ 165,893  
Trading loans, securities, and other
  
 
152,748
 
     147,590  
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
9,925
 
     9,390  
Derivatives
  
 
54,519
 
     54,427  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
4,762
 
     4,564  
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
  
 
75,519
 
     79,066  
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
  
 
295,946
 
     268,939  
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
  
 
165,818
 
     167,284  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
  
 
743,615
 
     722,622  
Investment in Schwab
  
 
11,186
 
     11,112  
Other
  
 
92,340
 
     97,785  
Total assets
  
$
1,778,588
 
   $ 1,728,672  
Liabilities
     
Trading deposits
  
$
20,549
 
   $ 22,891  
Derivatives
  
 
51,892
 
     57,122  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
135,150
 
     113,988  
Deposits
  
 
1,159,538
 
     1,125,125  
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
  
 
145,432
 
     144,097  
Subordinated notes and debentures
  
 
11,304
 
     11,230  
Other
  
 
152,746
 
     154,401  
Total liabilities
  
 
1,676,611
 
     1,628,854  
Total equity
  
 
101,977
 
     99,818  
Total liabilities and equity
  
$
1,778,588
 
   $ 1,728,672  
Total assets
were $1,779 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of $50 billion, or 3%, from October 31, 2021. The impact of foreign exchange translation from the depreciation in the Canadian dollar increased total assets by $21 billion, or approximately 1%.
The increase in total assets reflects debt securities at amortized cost (DSAC), net of allowance for credit losses of $27 billion, loans, net of allowances for loan losses of $21 billion, cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks of $6 billion, trading loans, securities, and other of $5 billion and
non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) of $1 billion. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in other assets of $5 billion, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) of $4 billion, and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements of $1 billion.
Cash and interest-bearing deposits with banks
increased $6 billion primarily reflecting cash management activities and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Trading loans, securities, and other
increased $5 billion primarily reflecting an increase in government-related securities and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
increased $1 billion reflecting new investments.
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
decreased $4 billion primarily reflecting maturities and sales, partially offset by new investments.
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
increased $27 billion reflecting new investments and the impact of foreign exchange translation, partially offset by maturities.
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
decreased $1 billion
primarily
reflecting a decrease in volume.
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
increased $21 billion reflecting volume growth in business and government loans, real estate secured lending, and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Other
assets decreased $5 billion primarily reflecting a decrease in amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clients reflecting lower volumes of pending trades, partially offset by an increase in current income tax receivable.
Total liabilities
were $1,677 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of $48 billion, or 3%, from October 31, 2021. The impact of foreign exchange translation from the depreciation in the Canadian dollar increased total liabilities by $22 billion, or approximately 1%.
The increase in total liabilities reflects deposits of $34 billion, financial liabilities designated at FVTPL of $21 billion and obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements of $1 billion. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in derivatives of $5 billion, trading deposits of $2 billion, and other liabilities of $1 billion.
Trading deposits
decreased $2 billion primarily reflecting maturities.
Derivative
liabilities
decreased $5 billion primarily reflecting changes in
mark-to-market
values of foreign exchange, equity and interest rate contracts.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 17  

Table of Contents
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
increased $21 billion primarily reflecting new issuances, partially offset by maturities.
Deposits
increased $34 billion reflecting volume growth in personal deposits, business and government deposits, and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
increased $1 billion reflecting an increase in volume.
Other
liabilities decreased $1 billion primarily reflecting a decrease in amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clients, payments for dividends and preferred share redemptions accrued in the prior period, partially offset by higher obligations related to securities sold short.
Equity
was $102 billion as at January 31, 2022, an increase of $2 billion, or 2%, from October 31, 2021. The increase primarily reflects an increase in retained earnings and the impact of foreign exchange translation.
 
 
CREDIT PORTFOLIO QUALITY
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q1 2021
Gross impaired loans excluding acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans were $2,560 million as at January 31, 2022, a decrease of $497 million, or 16%, compared with the first quarter last year. Canadian Retail gross impaired loans decreased $278 million, or 23%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting improved credit conditions in the consumer and commercial lending portfolios. U.S. Retail gross impaired loans decreased $208 million, or 11%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting improved credit conditions in the consumer and commercial lending portfolios, and the impact of foreign exchange. Wholesale gross impaired loans decreased $11 million or 61%, compared with the first quarter last year, reflecting resolutions outpacing formations. Net impaired loans were $1,880 million as at January 31, 2022, a decrease of $400 million, or 18%, compared with the first quarter last year.
The allowance for credit losses of $7,148 million as at January 31, 2022 was comprised of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $686 million, Stage 2 allowance of $3,798 million and Stage 1 allowance of $2,657 million, and the allowance for debt securities of $7 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances are for performing loans and
off-balance
sheet instruments.
The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses decreased $113 million, or 14%, reflecting improved credit conditions, and largely recorded in the consumer lending portfolios. The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses decreased $1,683 million, or 21%, largely related to releases reflective of improved credit conditions, including a more favourable economic outlook, and the impact of foreign exchange. The allowance change included a decrease of $316 million attributable to the retailer program partners’ share of the U.S. strategic cards portfolio.
The allowance for debt securities decreased by $1 million compared with the first quarter last year.
Forward-looking information, including macroeconomic variables deemed to be predictive of expected credit losses (ECLs) based on the Bank’s experience, is used to determine ECL scenarios and associated probability weights to establish the probability-weighted ECLs. Each quarter, all base forecast macroeconomic variables are refreshed, resulting in new upside and downside macroeconomic scenarios. The probability weightings assigned to each ECL scenario are also reviewed each quarter and updated as required, as part of the Bank’s ECL governance process. As a result of periodic reviews and quarterly updates, the allowance for credit losses may be revised to reflect updates in loss estimates based on the Bank’s recent loss experience and its forward-looking views, including the impact of
COVID-19.
The Bank periodically reviews the methodology and has performed certain additional qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments of significant increase in credit risk. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on forward-looking information.
The probability-weighted allowance for credit losses reflects the Bank’s forward-looking views. To the extent that certain anticipated effects cannot be fully incorporated into quantitative models, management continues to exercise expert credit judgment in determining the amount of ECLs by considering reasonable and supportable information. There remains considerable uncertainty regarding the economic trajectory and the ultimate credit impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic, and the allowance for credit losses will be updated in future quarters as additional information becomes available. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
The Bank calculates allowances for ECLs on debt securities measured at amortized cost and FVOCI. The Bank has $365 billion in such debt securities, all of which are performing (Stage 1 and 2) and none are impaired (Stage 3). The allowance for credit losses on DSAC and debt securities at FVOCI was $2 million and $5 million, respectively.
Quarterly comparison – Q1 2022 vs. Q4 2021
Gross impaired loans excluding ACI loans increased $149 million, or 6%, compared with the prior quarter, reflected in the U.S. consumer lending portfolios, largely related to real estate secured loans that exited deferral programs, and the impact of foreign exchange. Impaired loans net of allowance increased $98 million, or 5%, compared with the prior quarter.
The allowance for credit losses of $7,148 million as at January 31, 2022 was comprised of Stage 3 allowance for impaired loans of $686 million, Stage 2 allowance of $3,798 million and Stage 1 allowance of $2,657 million, and the allowance for debt securities of $7 million. The Stage 1 and 2 allowances are for performing loans and
off-balance
sheet instruments. The Stage 3 allowance for loan losses increased $48 million, or 8%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting some early signs of credit normalization, including seasonal trends in the U.S. credit card and auto portfolios. The Stage 1 and Stage 2 allowance for loan losses decreased $153 million, or 2%, compared with the prior quarter, reflecting a more favourable economic outlook, partially offset by the impact of foreign exchange.
The allowance for debt securities decreased by $2 million compared to the prior quarter.
For further details on loans, impaired loans, allowance for credit losses, and on the Bank’s use of forward-looking information and macroeconomic variables in determining its allowance for credit losses, refer to Note 6 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 18  

Table of Contents
TABLE 17:   CHANGES IN GROSS IMPAIRED LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES
1,2
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
   
October 31
2021
   
January 31
2021
 
Personal, Business, and Government Loans
3
      
Impaired loans as at beginning of period
  
$
2,411
 
  $ 2,651     $ 3,157  
Classified as impaired during the period
  
 
1,187
 
    796       1,203  
Transferred to performing during the period
  
 
(259
    (206     (246
Net repayments
  
 
(373
    (359     (301
Disposals of loans
  
 
 
          (3
Amounts written off
  
 
(447
    (459     (675
Exchange and other movements
  
 
41
 
    (12     (78
Impaired loans as at end of period
  
$
    2,560
 
  $     2,411     $     3,057  
 
1
Includes customers’ liability under acceptances.
2
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
3
Excludes ACI loans.
 
TABLE 18:   ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                 
As at
 
     
January 31
2022
   
October 31
2021
   
January 31
2021
 
Allowance for loan losses for
on-balance
sheet loans
      
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
  
$
2,247
 
  $ 2,263     $ 2,489  
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
  
 
3,308
 
    3,492       4,659  
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
  
 
684
 
    635       785  
Total allowance for loan losses for
on-balance
sheet loans
1
  
 
6,239
 
    6,390       7,933  
 
Allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
      
Stage 1 allowance for loan losses
  
 
410
 
    386       358  
Stage 2 allowance for loan losses
  
 
490
 
    467       632  
Stage 3 allowance for loan losses
  
 
2
 
    3       14  
Total allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
  
 
902
 
    856       1,004  
Allowance for loan losses
  
 
7,141
 
    7,246       8,937  
Allowance for debt securities
  
 
7
 
    9       8  
Allowance for credit losses
  
$
7,148
 
  $ 7,255     $ 8,945  
Impaired loans, net of allowance
2
  
$
    1,880
 
  $     1,782     $     2,280  
Net impaired loans as a percentage of net loans
2
  
 
0.25
 % 
    0.24  %      0.31  % 
Total allowance for loan losses as a percentage of gross loans and acceptances
  
 
0.93
 
    0.97       1.22  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses as a percentage of net average loans and acceptances
  
 
0.04
 
    (0.07     0.17  
 
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of nil as at January 31, 2022 (October 31, 2021 – nil; January 31, 2021 – nil).
2
Credit cards are considered impaired when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due.
Real Estate Secured Lending
Retail real estate secured lending includes mortgages and lines of credit to North American consumers to satisfy financing needs including home purchases and refinancing. While the Bank retains first lien on the majority of properties held as security, there is a small portion of loans with second liens, but most of these are behind a TD mortgage that is in first position. In Canada, credit policies are designed so that the combined exposure of all uninsured facilities on one property does not exceed 80% of the collateral value at origination. Lending at a higher
loan-to-value
ratio is permitted by legislation but requires default insurance. This insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities and protects the Bank’s real estate secured lending portfolio against potential losses caused by borrowers’ default. The Bank may also purchase default insurance on lower
loan-to-value
ratio loans. The insurance is provided by either government-backed entities or approved private mortgage insurers. In the U.S., for residential mortgage originations, mortgage insurance is usually obtained from either government-backed entities or approved private mortgage insurers when the
loan-to-value
exceeds 80% of the collateral value at origination.
The Bank regularly performs stress tests on its real estate lending portfolio as part of its overall stress testing program. This is done with a view to determine the extent to which the portfolio would be vulnerable to a severe downturn in economic conditions. The effect of severe changes in house prices, interest rates, and unemployment levels are among the factors considered when assessing the impact on credit losses and the Bank’s overall profitability. A variety of portfolio segments, including dwelling type and geographical regions, are examined during the exercise to determine whether specific vulnerabilities exist.
 
TABLE 19:  CANADIAN REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                   
As at
 
    
Amortizing
    
Non-amortizing
    
Total
 
    
Residential
Mortgages
    
Home equity
lines of credit
    
Total amortizing real
estate secured lending
    
Home equity
lines of credit
         
                                     
January 31, 2022
 
Total
  
$
236,023
 
  
$
72,757
 
  
$
308,780
 
  
$
30,851
 
  
$
339,631
 
                                           October 31, 2021  
Total
   $ 231,675      $ 71,016      $ 302,691      $ 30,917      $ 333,608  
 
1
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 19  

Table of Contents
TABLE 20:   REAL ESTATE SECURED LENDING
1,2
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                                                               
As at
 
    
Residential mortgages
   
Home equity lines of credit
   
Total
 
    
Insured
3
   
Uninsured
   
Insured
3
   
Uninsured
   
Insured
3
   
Uninsured
 
                                                                 
January 31, 2022
 
Canada
                              
Atlantic provinces
  
$
2,948
 
  
 
1.2
 % 
 
$
3,723
 
  
 
1.6
 % 
 
$
256
 
  
 
0.2
 % 
 
$
1,487
 
  
 
1.4
 % 
 
$
3,204
 
  
 
0.9
 % 
 
$
5,210
 
  
 
1.5
 % 
British Columbia
4
  
 
9,373
 
  
 
4.0
 
 
 
38,580
 
  
 
16.3
 
 
 
1,405
 
  
 
1.4
 
 
 
18,140
 
  
 
17.5
 
 
 
10,778
 
  
 
3.2
 
 
 
56,720
 
  
 
16.7
 
Ontario
4
  
 
24,949
 
  
 
10.6
 
 
 
98,204
 
  
 
41.6
 
 
 
5,002
 
  
 
4.8
 
 
 
54,235
 
  
 
52.4
 
 
 
29,951
 
  
 
8.8
 
 
 
152,439
 
  
 
44.9
 
Prairies
4
  
 
20,321
 
  
 
8.6
 
 
 
17,456
 
  
 
7.4
 
 
 
2,352
 
  
 
2.3
 
 
 
11,321
 
  
 
10.9
 
 
 
22,673
 
  
 
6.7
 
 
 
28,777
 
  
 
8.5
 
Québec
  
 
8,047
 
  
 
3.4
 
 
 
12,422
 
  
 
5.3
 
 
 
820
 
  
 
0.8
 
 
 
8,590
 
  
 
8.3
 
 
 
8,867
 
  
 
2.6
 
 
 
21,012
 
  
 
6.2
 
Total Canada
  
 
65,638
 
  
 
27.8
 % 
 
 
170,385
 
  
 
72.2
 % 
 
 
9,835
 
  
 
9.5
 % 
 
 
93,773
 
  
 
90.5
 % 
 
 
75,473
 
  
 
22.2
 % 
 
 
264,158
 
  
 
77.8
 % 
United States
  
 
904
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
38,102
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
8,749
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
904
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
46,851
 
  
 
 
 
Total
  
$
    66,542
 
  
 
 
 
 
$
    208,487
 
  
 
 
 
 
$
    9,835
 
  
 
 
 
 
$
    102,522
 
  
 
 
 
 
$
    76,377
 
  
 
 
 
 
$
    311,009
 
  
 
 
 
                                                                  October 31, 2021  
Canada
                              
Atlantic provinces
   $ 3,007        1.3  %    $ 3,575        1.5  %    $ 265        0.3  %    $ 1,451        1.4  %    $ 3,272        1.0  %    $ 5,026        1.5  % 
British Columbia
4
     9,522        4.1       37,169        16.0       1,446        1.4       17,738        17.4       10,968        3.3       54,907        16.5  
Ontario
4
     25,603        11.1       94,913        41.1       5,173        5.1       52,977        52.0       30,776        9.1       147,890        44.3  
Prairies
4
     20,590        8.9       17,244        7.4       2,425        2.4       11,314        11.1       23,015        6.9       28,558        8.6  
Québec
     8,138        3.5       11,914        5.1       841        0.8       8,303        8.1       8,979        2.7       20,217        6.1  
Total Canada
     66,860        28.9  %      164,815        71.1  %      10,150        10.0  %      91,783        90.0  %      77,010        23.0  %      256,598        77.0  % 
United States
     868     
 
 
 
    35,797     
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
    8,736     
 
 
 
    868     
 
 
 
    44,533     
 
 
 
Total
   $ 67,728     
 
 
 
  $ 200,612     
 
 
 
  $ 10,150     
 
 
 
  $ 100,519     
 
 
 
  $ 77,878     
 
 
 
  $ 301,131     
 
 
 
 
1
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
2
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
Default insurance is contractual coverage for the life of eligible facilities whereby the Bank’s exposure to real estate secured lending, all or in part, is protected against potential losses caused by borrower default. It is provided by either government-backed entities or other approved private mortgage insurers.
4
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.
The following table provides a summary of the Bank’s residential mortgages by remaining amortization period. All figures are calculated based on current customer payment behaviour in order to properly reflect the propensity to prepay by borrowers. The current customer payment basis accounts for any accelerated payments made to date and projects remaining amortization based on existing balance outstanding and current payment terms.
 
TABLE 21:   RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGES BY REMAINING AMORTIZATION
1,2
 
                                                            
As at
 
    
<5
years
   
5– <10
years
   
10– <15
years
   
15– <20
years
   
20– <25
years
   
25– <30
years
   
30– <35
years
   
>=35
years
   
Total
 
                                               
January 31, 2022
 
Canada
  
 
0.9
 % 
 
 
3.1
 % 
 
 
6.6
 % 
 
 
18.7
 % 
 
 
40.9
 % 
 
 
29.5
 % 
 
 
0.3
 % 
 
 
 % 
 
 
100.0
 % 
United States
  
 
8.8
 
 
 
2.9
 
 
 
4.6
 
 
 
5.6
 
 
 
16.6
 
 
 
59.5
 
 
 
1.5
 
 
 
0.5
 
 
 
100.0
 
Total
  
 
2.0
 % 
 
 
3.1
 % 
 
 
6.3
 % 
 
 
16.8
 % 
 
 
37.4
 % 
 
 
33.8
 % 
 
 
0.5
 % 
 
 
0.1
 % 
 
 
100.0
 % 
                                                October 31, 2021  
Canada
     0.9  %      3.1  %      6.6  %      19.0  %      41.9  %      28.2  %      0.3  %       %      100.0  % 
United States
     8.4       3.2       4.6       5.6       17.7       58.3       2.0       0.2       100.0  
Total
     1.9  %      3.2  %      6.3  %      17.2  %      38.4  %      32.4  %      0.6  %       %      100.0  % 
 
1
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
2
Percentage based on outstanding balance.
 
TABLE 22:   UNINSURED AVERAGE
LOAN-TO-VALUE
– Newly Originated and Newly Acquired
1,2,3
 
    
For the three months ended
 
    
Residential
mortgages
   
Home equity
lines of credit
4,5
 
   
Total
   
Residential
mortgages
   
Home equity
lines of credit
4,5
 
   
Total
 
            
January 31, 2022
           October 31, 2021  
Canada
            
Atlantic provinces
  
 
                72
 % 
 
 
                70
 % 
 
 
                72
 % 
                    73  %                      70  %                      72  % 
British Columbia
6
  
 
67
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
66
 
    68       64       66  
Ontario
6
  
 
67
 
 
 
64
 
 
 
66
 
    67       64       66  
Prairies
6
  
 
74
 
 
 
71
 
 
 
73
 
    74       70       72  
Québec
  
 
72
 
 
 
71
 
 
 
72
 
    72       72       72  
Total Canada
  
 
68
 
 
 
65
 
 
 
67
 
    68       66       67  
United States
  
 
68
 
 
 
63
 
 
 
67
 
    68       63       68  
Total
  
 
68
 % 
 
 
65
 % 
 
 
67
 % 
    68  %      65  %      67  % 
 
1
Geographic location is based on the address of the property mortgaged.
2
Excludes loans classified as trading as the Bank intends to sell the loans immediately or in the near term, and loans designated at FVTPL for which no allowance is recorded.
3
Based on house price at origination.
4
Home equity lines of credit (HELOCs)
loan-to-value
includes first position collateral mortgage if applicable.
5
HELOC fixed rate advantage option is included in
loan-to-value
calculation.
6
The territories are included as follows: Yukon is included in British Columbia; Nunavut is included in Ontario; and the Northwest Territories is included in the Prairies region.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 20  

Table of Contents
Sovereign Risk
The table below includes the Bank’s direct credit exposures outside of North America (Europe excludes United Kingdom).
 
TABLE 23:  Total Net Exposure by Region and Counterparty
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
 
                       
As at
 
 
 
Loans and commitments
1
 
 
 
Derivatives, repos, and securities lending
2
 
 
 
Trading and investment portfolio
3
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 
Corporate
   
 
Sovereign
 
 
 
Financial
   
 
Total
   
 
Corporate
   
 
Sovereign
   
 
Financial
   
 
Total
   
 
Corporate
   
 
Sovereign
   
 
Financial
   
 
Total
   
 
Exposure
4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 31, 2022
 
Region
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
 
$
7,326
 
 
$
 
 
$
3,218
 
 
$
10,544
 
 
$
2,763
 
 
$
2,358
 
 
$
5,517
 
 
$
10,638
 
 
$
759
 
 
$
25,702
 
 
$
1,972
 
 
$
28,433
 
 
$
49,615
 
United Kingdom
 
 
9,103
 
 
 
21,886
 
 
 
805
 
 
 
31,794
 
 
 
1,844
 
 
 
1,437
 
 
 
11,498
 
 
 
14,779
 
 
 
719
 
 
 
566
 
 
 
341
 
 
 
1,626
 
 
 
48,199
 
Asia
 
 
51
 
 
 
27
 
 
 
2,089
 
 
 
2,167
 
 
 
476
 
 
 
903
 
 
 
3,205
 
 
 
4,584
 
 
 
246
 
 
 
8,279
 
 
 
712
 
 
 
9,237
 
 
 
15,988
 
Other
 
 
346
 
 
 
10
 
 
 
537
 
 
 
893
 
 
 
139
 
 
 
776
 
 
 
1,726
 
 
 
2,641
 
 
 
191
 
 
 
1,726
 
 
 
2,176
 
 
 
4,093
 
 
 
7,627
 
Total
 
$
16,826
 
 
$
21,923
 
 
$
6,649
 
 
$
45,398
 
 
$
5,222
 
 
$
5,474
 
 
$
21,946
 
 
$
32,642
 
 
$
1,915
 
 
$
36,273
 
 
$
5,201
 
 
$
43,389
 
 
$
121,429
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    October 31, 2021  
Region
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Europe
  $ 7,248     $     $ 3,216     $ 10,464     $ 2,523     $ 2,246     $ 6,113     $ 10,882     $ 809     $ 23,398     $ 2,033     $ 26,240     $ 47,586  
United Kingdom
    8,851       12,071       1,192       22,114       1,790       1,304       11,022       14,116       1,639       382       539       2,560       38,790  
Asia
    12       30       1,967       2,009       552       703       2,700       3,955       163       9,224       770       10,157       16,121  
Other
    337       10       529       876       135       564       1,629       2,328       321       2,443       1,947       4,711       7,915  
Total
  $   16,448     $   12,111     $   6,904     $   35,463     $   5,000     $   4,817     $   21,464     $   31,281     $   2,932     $   35,447     $   5,289     $   43,668     $   110,412  
 
1
Exposures, including interest-bearing deposits with banks, are presented net of impairment charges where applicable.
2
Exposures are calculated on a fair value basis and presented net of collateral. Derivatives are presented as net exposures where there is an International Swaps and Derivatives Association master netting agreement.
3
Trading exposures are net of eligible short positions.
4
In addition to the exposures identified above, the Bank also has $34.3 billion (October 31, 2021 – $32.5 billion) of exposure to supranational entities.
 
 
CAPITAL POSITION
REGULATORY CAPITAL
Capital requirements of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS) are commonly referred to as Basel III. Under Basel III, Total Capital consists of three components, namely CET1, Additional Tier 1, and Tier 2 Capital. Risk sensitive regulatory capital ratios are calculated by dividing CET1, Tier 1, and Total Capital by risk-weighted assets (RWA), inclusive of any minimum requirements outlined under the regulatory floor. In 2015, Basel III introduced a
non-risk
sensitive leverage ratio to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-sensitive capital requirements. The leverage ratio is calculated by dividing Tier 1 Capital by leverage exposure which is primarily comprised of
on-balance
sheet assets with adjustments made to derivative and securities financing transaction exposures, and credit equivalent amounts of
off-balance
sheet exposures. TD continued to manage its regulatory capital in accordance with the Basel III Capital Framework as discussed in the “Capital Position” section of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report.
OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III
OSFI’s Capital Adequacy Requirements (CAR) guideline details how the Basel III capital rules apply to Canadian banks. Other requirements, in addition to those described in “OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III” section of Bank’s 2021 Annual Report, are noted below.
On March 13, 2020, as part of its
COVID-19
response, OSFI announced that the Domestic Stability Buffer (DSB), previously set to increase to 2.25% effective April 30, 2020, was being lowered to 1.00% effective immediately. On June 17, 2021, OSFI announced that the DSB would increase to 2.50% of total RWA, effective October 31, 2021. On December 10, 2021, OSFI announced that the DSB will remain at 2.50% of total RWA.
The Bank continued to maintain its Global Systemically Important Bank
(G-SIB)
status when the Financial Stability Board (FSB) published the 2021 list of
G-SIBs
on November 23, 2021. As a result of the designation, the Bank continues to be subject to an additional loss absorbency requirement (CET1 as a percentage of RWA) of 1%. As the Domestic Systemically Important Bank
(D-SIB)
surcharge is currently equivalent to the 1%
G-SIB
requirement, the Bank’s
G-SIB
designation has no additional impact on the Bank’s minimum CET1 regulatory requirements.
On September 23, 2018, the Canadian
Bail-in
regime came into effect, including OSFI’s Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) guideline. Under this guideline, the Bank was required to meet supervisory risk-based TLAC target of 24.0% of RWA, inclusive of the 2.50% DSB, and TLAC leverage ratio target of 6.75% by November 1, 2021. Changes to the DSB will result in corresponding changes to the risk-based TLAC target ratio.
The table below summarizes OSFI’s current regulatory minimum capital and TLAC ratios for the Bank.
 
REGULATORY CAPITAL AND TLAC TARGET RATIOS
 
     
Minimum
   
Capital
Conservation
Buffer
   
D-SIB / G-SIB
Surcharge
1
   
Pillar 1
Regulatory
target
2
   
DSB
3
   
Pillar 1 & 2
regulatory
target
 
CET1
     4.5  %      2.5  %      1.0  %      8.0  %      2.5  %      10.5  % 
Tier 1
     6.0       2.5       1.0       9.5       2.5       12.0  
Total Capital
     8.0       2.5       1.0       11.5       2.5       14.0  
TLAC
     18.0       2.5       1.0       21.5       2.5       24.0  
 
1
The higher of the
D-SIB
and
G-SIB
surcharge applies. The
D-SIB
surcharge is currently equivalent to the Bank’s 1%
G-SIB
additional common equity requirement. The
G-SIB
surcharge may increase above 1% if the Bank’s
G-SIB
score increases above certain thresholds to a maximum of 4.5%.
2
The Bank’s countercyclical buffer requirement is 0% as of January 31, 2022.
3
The DSB increased to 2.5%, from 1.0%, of total RWA effective October 31, 2021.
The Bank’s Leverage Ratio is calculated as per OSFI’s Leverage Requirements guideline and has a regulatory minimum requirement of 3%. As noted above, the Bank is required to meet a supervisory TLAC leverage ratio target of 6.75%.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 21  

Table of Contents
Effective January 1, 2013, all newly issued
non-common
Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital instruments must include
non-viability
contingent capital (NVCC) provisions to qualify as regulatory capital. NVCC provisions require the conversion of
non-common
capital instruments into a variable number of common shares of the Bank upon the occurrence of a trigger event. A trigger event is defined as an event where OSFI determines that the Bank is, or is about to become,
non-viable
and that after conversion of all
non-common
capital instruments, the viability of the Bank is expected to be restored, or if the Bank has accepted or agreed to accept a capital injection or equivalent support from a federal or provincial government of Canada without which the Bank would have determined by OSFI to be
non-viable.
Non-common
Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments issued prior to January 1, 2013, which did not include NVCC provisions were
non-qualifying
capital instruments and subject to a
phase-out
period which began in 2013 and ended on November 1, 2021.
In fiscal 2020, OSFI introduced a number of measures to support
D-SIBs’
ability to supply credit to the economy during an expected period of disruption related to
COVID-19
and market conditions. These measures, and subsequent guidance issued by OSFI, are described in the “OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III” section of Bank’s 2021 Annual Report.
Global Systemically Important Banks Disclosures
The FSB, in consultation with the BCBS and national authorities, identifies
G-SIBs.
In July 2013, the BCBS issued an update to the final rules on
G-SIBs
and outlined the
G-SIB
assessment methodology which is based on the submissions of the largest global banks. In July 2018, BCBS issued a revised
G-SIB
framework;
G-SIBs:
Revised Assessment Methodology and the Higher Loss Absorbency Requirement. The new assessment methodology introduces a trading volume indicator and modifies the weights in the substitutability category, amends the definition of cross-jurisdictional indicators, extends the scope of consolidation to insurance subsidiaries, and provides further guidance on bucket migration and associated loss absorbency surcharges. The revised methodology came into effect in 2022, using 2021
year-end
data.
The thirteen indicators are used in the
G-SIB
assessment methodology to determine systemic importance. The score for a particular indicator is calculated by dividing the individual bank value by the aggregate amount for the indicator summed across all banks included in the assessment. Accordingly, an individual bank’s ranking is reliant on the results and submissions of other global banks.
The Bank is required to publish the thirteen indicators used in the
G-SIB
indicator-based assessment framework. Public disclosure of financial
year-end
data is required annually, no later than the date of a bank’s first quarter public disclosure of shareholder financial data in the following year.
The public communications on
G-SIB
status is issued annually each November. On November 22, 2019, the Bank was designated as a
G-SIB
by the FSB. The Bank continued to maintain its
G-SIB
status when the FSB published the 2021 list of
G-SIBs
on November 23, 2021. As a result of this designation, the Bank is subject to an additional loss absorbency requirement (CET1 as a percentage of RWA) of 1% under applicable FSB member authority requirements; however, in accordance with OSFI’s CAR guideline, for Canadian banks designated as a
G-SIB,
the higher of the
D-SIB
and
G-SIB
surcharges will apply. As the
D-SIB
surcharge is currently equivalent to the incremental 1%
G-SIB
common equity ratio requirement, the Bank’s
G-SIB
designation has no additional impact on the Bank’s minimum CET1 regulatory requirements. There is also currently no impact to the supervisory target risk-based TLAC ratio of 24.0% or TLAC leverage ratio of 6.75% as a result of the Bank’s G SIB requirements. The
G-SIB
surcharge may increase above 1% if the Bank’s
G-SIB
score increases above certain thresholds to a maximum of 4.5%.
As a result of the Bank’s
G-SIB
designation, the U.S. Federal Reserve requires TD Group US Holding LLC (TDGUS), as TD’s U.S. Intermediate Holding Company (IHC), to maintain a minimum amount of TLAC and long-term debt. From the date the Bank was designated as a
G-SIB,
TDGUS has a three-year transitional period to meet these requirements.
The indicator-based measurement approach, currently in effect, divides the thirteen indicators into five categories, with each category yielding a 20% weight to a bank’s total score on the
G-SIB
scale as per the following table.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 22  

Table of Contents
     
Category (and weighting)
 
Individual indicator (and weighting)
 
Category background
     
Cross-jurisdictional activity (20%)
 
  1.  Cross-jurisdictional claims (10%)
  2.  Cross-jurisdictional liabilities (10%)
 
This category measures the importance of the bank’s activities outside its home jurisdiction, relative to overall activity of other banks. The two indicators reflect how the international impact of a bank’s distress or failure would vary in line with its share of cross-jurisdictional assets and liabilities.
     
Size (20%)
 
  3.  Total exposures as defined for use in the Basel III leverage ratio (20%)
 
This category measures the size of the bank. The larger the bank, the more difficult it is for its activities to be quickly replaced by other banks and therefore the greater the chance that its distress or failure would cause disruption to the financial markets in which it operates. The distress or failure of a large bank is also more likely to damage confidence in the financial system as a whole. Size is therefore a key measure of systemic importance.
Interconnectedness (20%)
 
  4.  Intra-financial system assets (6.67%)
  5.  Intra-financial system liabilities
(6.67%)
  6.  Securities outstanding (6.67%)
 
This category measures the magnitude of dependence amongst banks. Given the network of contractual obligations in which the banks operate, financial distress at one institution can materially increase the likelihood of distress at other institutions. A bank’s systemic impact is likely to be positively related to its interconnectedness
vis-à-vis
other financial institutions.
     
Substitutability / financial institution infrastructure (20%)
 
  7.  Assets under custody (6.67%)
  8.  Payments activity (6.67%)
  9.  Underwritten transactions in debt and equity markets (3.33%)
10.  Trading Volume (includes the two sub indicators) (3.33%)
–  Trading volume fixed income sub indicator
–  Trading volume equities and other securities sub indicator
 
This category measures substitutability/financial institution infrastructure. The systemic impact of a bank’s distress of failure is expected to be negatively related to its degree of substitutability as both a market participant and a client service provider. The greater a bank’s role in a particular business line, or as a service provider in underlying market infrastructure (for example, payment systems), the larger the disruption will likely be following its failure, in terms of both service gaps and reduced flow of market and infrastructure liquidity. At the same time, the cost to the failed bank’s customers in having to seek the same service from another institution is likely to be higher for a failed bank with relatively greater market share in providing the service.
Complexity (20%)
 
11.  Notional amount of
over-the-counter
(OTC) derivatives (6.67%)
12.  Trading and other securities (6.67%)
13.  Level 3 assets (6.67%)
 
This category measures the complexity of the bank. The systemic impact of a bank’s distress or failure is expected to be positively related to its overall complexity – that is, its business, structural, and operational complexity. The more complex a bank is, the greater are the costs and time needed to resolve the bank.
The following table provides the results of the thirteen indicators for the Bank. The increase in Intra-financial system liabilities was primarily due to increased deposits. Assets under custody increased due to market appreciation and new asset growth. The decrease in Trading and other securities reflects a decrease in financial assets at FVOCI. Other notable changes in the indicators from prior year primarily reflect normal business activities of the Bank.
 
TABLE
24:  G-SIB
INDICATORS
1,2
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
 
 
  
 
As at
 
          
October 31, 2021
    
October 31, 2020
 
Category (and weighting)
 
Individual Indicator
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cross-jurisdictional activity (20%)
 
Cross-jurisdictional claims
  
$
830,437
 
   $ 796,964  
 
 
Cross-jurisdictional liabilities
  
 
827,905
 
     769,164  
Size (20%)
 
Total exposures as defined for use in the Basel III leverage ratio
3
  
 
1,891,393
 
     1,862,214  
Interconnectedness (20%)
 
Intra-financial system assets
3
  
 
75,393
 
     80,640  
 
Intra-financial system liabilities
3
  
 
47,057
 
     36,405  
 
 
Securities outstanding
3
  
 
375,375
 
     316,871  
Substitutability/financial institution
 
Assets under custody
  
 
575,767
 
     453,178  
infrastructure (20%)
 
Payments activity
  
 
33,753,368
 
     31,433,859  
 
Underwritten transactions in debt and equity markets
  
 
182,538
 
     205,509  
 
Trading Volume (includes the two sub indicators)
4
     
 
– Trading volume fixed income sub indicator
  
 
6,610,891
 
     n/a  
 
 
– Trading volume equities and other securities sub indicator
  
 
3,069,636
 
     n/a  
Complexity (20%)
 
Notional amount of OTC derivatives
  
 
16,918,562
 
     15,385,351  
 
Trading and other securities
3,5
  
 
60,710
 
     87,968  
 
 
Level 3 assets
3
  
 
2,522
 
     2,573  
 
1
 
The
G-SIB
indicators are prepared based on the methodology prescribed in BCBS guidelines published and disclosed in accordance with OSFI’s Advisory on
G-SIBs
– Public Disclosure Requirements. Given the Bank was designated as a
G-SIB
by the FSB on November 22, 2019, additional public disclosures on these indicators are required. Refer to the Bank’s Regulatory Capital Disclosures at
www.td.com/investor-relations/ir-homepage/regulatory-disclosures/g-sib/disclosures.jsp
for these additional disclosures on the 2021
G-SIB
indicators. The Bank is required to submit its
G-SIB
indicators to OSFI and BCBS for review following the date of this report. In the event that one or both regulators provide comments to the Bank regarding its submission that would result in changes to the
G-SIB
indicators listed in the table above, the Bank will publish such revised
G-SIB
indicators on its website.
2
 
The Intra-financial system asset indicator for October 31, 2020 has been revised.
3
 
Insurance subsidiaries are included in the
G-SIB
indicator as of 2021.
4
 
Trading Volume is a new indicator as of 2021, and as such there is no comparative value shown for 2020.
5
 
Includes trading securities, securities designated at FVTPL, and securities at FVOCI.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 23  

Table of Contents
The following table provides details of TD’s regulatory capital position.
 
TABLE 25:  CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RATIOS – Basel III
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
As at
 
     
January 31
2022
    October 31
2021
    January 31
2021
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
      
Common shares plus related contributed surplus
  
$
23,128
 
  $ 23,086     $ 22,594  
Retained earnings
  
 
65,621
 
    63,944       56,032  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  
 
7,532
 
    7,097       11,152  
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital before regulatory adjustments
  
 
96,281
 
    94,127       89,778  
 
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital regulatory adjustments
      
Goodwill (net of related tax liability)
  
 
(16,474
    (16,099     (16,413
Intangibles (net of related tax liability)
  
 
(2,030
    (2,006     (1,899
Deferred tax assets excluding those arising from temporary differences
  
 
(101
    (100     (158
Cash flow hedge reserve
  
 
(1,121
    (1,691     (3,368
Shortfall of provisions to expected losses
  
 
 
           
Gains and losses due to changes in own credit risk on fair valued liabilities
  
 
(142
    (124     (59
Defined benefit pension fund net assets (net of related tax liability)
  
 
(729
    (470     (9
Investment in own shares
  
 
(5
    (36     (4
Non-significant
investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
  
 
(4,538
    (4,486     (5,873
Significant investments in the common stock of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
  
 
 
           
Other deductions or regulatory adjustments to CET1 as determined by OSFI
1
  
 
382
 
    822       1,398  
Total regulatory adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
  
 
(24,758
    (24,190     (26,385
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
  
 
71,523
 
    69,937       63,393  
 
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments
      
Directly issued qualifying Additional Tier 1 instruments plus stock surplus
  
 
5,696
 
    5,691       5,647  
Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Additional Tier 1
2
  
 
n/a
 
    450       615  
Additional Tier 1 instruments issued by subsidiaries and held by third parties
  
 
 
          61  
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments before regulatory adjustments
  
 
5,696
 
    6,141       6,323  
 
Additional Tier 1 Capital instruments regulatory adjustments
      
Non-significant
investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
  
 
(13
    (12     (12
Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions
  
 
(350
    (350     (350
Total regulatory adjustments to Additional Tier 1 Capital
  
 
(363
    (362     (362
Additional Tier 1 Capital
  
 
5,333
 
    5,779       5,961  
Tier 1 Capital
  
 
76,856
 
    75,716       69,354  
 
Tier 2 Capital instruments and provisions
      
Directly issued qualifying Tier 2 instruments plus related stock surplus
  
 
11,104
 
    11,030       11,183  
Directly issued capital instruments subject to phase out from Tier 2
2
  
 
n/a
 
    120       160  
Collective allowances
  
 
2,113
 
    1,665       1,172  
Tier 2 Capital before regulatory adjustments
  
 
13,217
 
    12,815       12,515  
 
Tier 2 regulatory adjustments
      
Investments in own Tier 2 instruments
  
 
 
    (8      
Non-significant
investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities, net of eligible short positions (amount above 10% threshold)
3
  
 
(372
    (308     (406
Non-significant
investments in the other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by
G-SIBs
and Canadian
D-SIBs,
where the institution does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity: amount previously designated for the 5% threshold but that no longer meets the conditions
  
 
(153
    (68      
Significant investments in the capital of banking, financial, and insurance entities that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, net of eligible short positions
  
 
(160
    (160     (160
Total regulatory adjustments to Tier 2 Capital
  
 
(685
    (544     (566
Tier 2 Capital
  
 
12,532
 
    12,271       11,949  
Total Capital
  
$
      89,388
 
  $       87,987     $       81,303  
 
Risk-weighted assets
  
$
470,852
 
  $ 460,270     $ 467,227  
 
Capital Ratios and Multiples
4
      
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
  
 
15.2
 % 
    15.2  %      13.6  % 
Tier 1 Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
  
 
16.3
 
    16.5       14.8  
Total Capital (as percentage of risk-weighted assets)
  
 
19.0
 
    19.1       17.4  
Leverage ratio
5
  
 
4.4
 
    4.8       4.5  
1
Represents ECL transitional arrangements provided by OSFI. Refer to the “OSFI’s Capital Requirements under Basel III” within the “Capital Position” section of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report.
2
Effective January 1, 2022, no longer applicable.
3
Includes other TLAC-eligible instruments issued by
G-SIBs
and Canadian
D-SIBs
that are outside the scope of regulatory consolidation, where the institution does not own more than 10% of the issued common share capital of the entity.
4
The CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital and Leverage ratios excluding the ECL transitional arrangements are 15.1%, 16.2%, 19.0%, and 4.3%, respectively.
5
The Leverage ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by leverage exposure, as defined in the “Regulatory Capital” section of this document.
As at January 31, 2022, the Bank’s CET1, Tier 1, Total Capital, and risk-based TLAC ratios were 15.2%, 16.3%, 19.0% and 28.6%, respectively. The Bank’s CET1 Capital ratio was flat compared to October 31, 2021 as organic growth was offset by common shares repurchased, RWA growth primarily in the Wholesale Banking and Canadian Retail segments, and the reduction in the scaling factor related to OSFI’s transition arrangements for ECL provisioning, from 50% in fiscal 2021 to 25% in fiscal 2022.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 24  

Table of Contents
As at January 31, 2022, the Bank’s Leverage and TLAC Leverage ratios were 4.4% and 7.6%, respectively. The decrease in the Bank’s Leverage ratio from 4.8% as at October 31, 2021 primarily reflecting the expiration of the exclusion of sovereign-issued securities from the leverage ratio measure on December 31, 2021, partially offset by organic capital growth.
Future Regulatory Capital Developments
Future regulatory capital developments, in addition to those described in the “Future Regulatory Capital Developments” section of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report, are noted below.
On January 31, 2022, OSFI announced revised capital, leverage, liquidity and disclosure rules that incorporate the Basel III reforms with adjustments to make them suitable for domestic implementation. The Leverage Requirements Guideline revisions include a requirement for
D-SIBs
to hold a leverage ratio buffer in addition to the regulatory minimum requirement of 3.0%. The revised rules are effective in the second quarter of 2023, with the exception of those related to market risk and credit valuation adjustment risk which are effective in 2024.
 
TABLE 26:  EQUITY AND OTHER SECURITIES
1
 
(millions of shares/units and millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)                        
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
    October 31, 2021  
     
Number of
shares/units
   
Amount
   
Number of
shares/units
   
Amount
 
Common shares outstanding
  
 
1,818.8
 
 
$
    23,170
 
    1,823.9     $     23,066  
Treasury – common shares
  
 
(2.3
 
 
(188
    (1.9     (152
Total common shares
  
 
1,816.5
 
 
$
22,982
 
    1,822.0     $ 22,914  
Stock options
        
Vested
  
 
5.0
 
      4.4    
Non-vested
  
 
8.6
 
 
 
 
 
    7.8    
 
 
 
Preferred shares – Class A
        
Series 1
  
 
20.0
 
 
$
500
 
    20.0     $ 500  
Series 3
  
 
20.0
 
 
 
500
 
    20.0       500  
Series 5
  
 
20.0
 
 
 
500
 
    20.0       500  
Series 7
  
 
14.0
 
 
 
350
 
    14.0       350  
Series 9
  
 
8.0
 
 
 
200
 
    8.0       200  
Series 16
  
 
14.0
 
 
 
350
 
    14.0       350  
Series 18
  
 
14.0
 
 
 
350
 
    14.0       350  
Series 20
  
 
16.0
 
 
 
400
 
    16.0       400  
Series 22
  
 
14.0
 
 
 
350
 
    14.0       350  
Series 24
  
 
18.0
 
 
 
450
 
    18.0       450  
 
  
 
158.0
 
 
$
3,950
 
    158.0     $ 3,950  
Other equity instruments
        
Limited Recourse Capital Notes Series 1
2
  
 
1.8
 
 
 
1,750
 
    1.8       1,750  
 
  
 
159.8
 
 
$
5,700
 
    159.8     $ 5,700  
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
  
 
(0.2
 
 
(6
    (0.1     (10
Total preferred shares and other equity instruments
  
 
159.6
 
 
$
5,694
 
    159.7     $ 5,690  
Debt issued by TD Capital Trust IV:
        
(thousands of units)
        
TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2
3
  
 
 
 
 
 
    450.0       450  
 
1
For further details, including the conversion and exchange features, and distributions, refer to Note 21 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
2
For Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCNs), the number of shares/units represents the number of notes issued.
3
On November 1, 2021, TD Capital Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2.
DIVIDENDS
On March 2, 2022, the Board approved a dividend in an amount of eighty-nine cents (89 cents) per fully paid common share in the capital stock of the Bank for the quarter ending April 30, 2022, payable on and after April 30, 2022, to shareholders of record at the close of business on April 8, 2022.
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On January 7, 2022, the Bank announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI had approved the Bank’s previously announced normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation up to 50 million of its common shares.
During the three months ended January 31, 2022, the Bank repurchased 7.5 million common shares under the NCIB, at an average price of $101.89 per share for a total amount of $764 million, which represents a $670 million premium over the share capital amount.
Concurrent with the announcement of the Bank’s acquisition of First Horizon on February 28, 2022, the Bank’s automatic share purchase plan established under its NCIB automatically terminated pursuant to its terms. Refer to “Pending Acquisition” in the “Financial Highlights” section of this document for additional details.
NVCC PROVISION
All series of preferred shares – Class A include NVCC provisions. If a NVCC trigger event were to occur and excluding the Preferred Shares Series 26 issued with respect to LRCNs, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there are no declared and unpaid dividends on the respective series of preferred shares at the time of conversion, would be 790 million in aggregate.
The LRCNs, by virtue of the recourse to the Preferred Shares Series 26, include NVCC provisions. For LRCNs, if a NVCC trigger were to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there are no declared and unpaid dividends on the Preferred Shares Series 26, would be 350 million.
For NVCC subordinated notes and debentures, if a NVCC trigger event were to occur, the maximum number of common shares that could be issued, assuming there is no accrued and unpaid interest on the respective subordinated notes and debentures, would be 3.2 billion in aggregate.
Refer to Note 21 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 25  

Table of Contents
 
RISK FACTORS AND MANAGEMENT
RISK FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS
In addition to the risks described in the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the Bank’s 2021 MD&A, there are numerous other risk factors, many of which are beyond the Bank’s control and the effects of which can be difficult to predict, that could cause the Bank’s results to differ significantly from its plans, objectives, and estimates or could impact the Bank’s reputation or sustainability of its business model. All forward-looking statements, including those in this MD&A, are, by their very nature, subject to inherent risks and uncertainties, general and specific, which may cause the Bank’s actual results to differ materially from the expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements. Some of these factors are discussed in the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2021 MD&A and in this “Risk Factors and Management” section of this document, and others are noted in the “Caution Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” section of this document. For a discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect the Bank’s financial results and condition, refer to the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2021 MD&A.
The following risk factor
 supplements
 the “Impact of pandemics, including the
COVID-19
pandemic” risk factor described in the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2021 MD&A.
Impact of pandemics, including the
COVID-19
pandemic
The
COVID-19
pandemic, including the emergence of additional variants that are potentially more contagious and/or more vaccine-resistant than current or past
COVID-19
variants, has resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased levels of workforce absenteeism and disruption for the Bank and for its suppliers and other third parties upon which the Bank relies, which may increase operational and compliance risks for the Bank. Increased absenteeism and disruption may also increase the Bank’s exposure to the other risks described in the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2021 MD&A, including those set out in the “Impact of pandemics, including the
COVID-19
pandemic” risk factor.
The following risk factor
 amends
 the ‘Ability to Attract, Develop, and Retain key Talent’ risk factor described in the “Risk Factors and Management” section of the 2021 MD&A.
Ability to Attract, Develop, and Retain Key Talent
The Bank’s future performance is dependent on the availability of qualified talent and the Bank’s ability to attract, develop, and retain key talent. The Bank’s management understands that the competition for talent continues to increase across geographies, industries, and emerging capabilities across a number of sectors including financial services. This competition has intensified and is expected to continue to intensify as a result of the impact of
COVID-19,
including as a result of remote work opportunities and relaxing geographic boundaries. This could result in increased attrition across organizations particularly in areas where core professional and specialized skills are required. Annually, the Bank undertakes a talent review process to assess critical capability requirements for all areas of the business. Through this process, an assessment of current executive leadership, technical and core capabilities, as well as talent development opportunities is completed against both near term and future business needs. The outcomes from the process inform plans at both the enterprise and business level to retain, develop, or acquire the talent which are then actioned throughout the course of the year. Although it is the goal of the Bank’s management resource policies and practices to attract, develop, and retain key talent employed by the Bank or an entity acquired by the Bank, the Bank may not be able to do so. The Bank continues to rely on the Bank’s annual talent review program as well as the Bank’s regular, effective management practices to proactively assess and address retention and recruitment risk and emphasize ongoing communication with talent to ensure appropriate responses on a
case-by-case
basis.
 
 
MANAGING RISK
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Growing profitability in financial results based on balanced revenue, expense and capital growth services involves selectively taking and managing risks within the Bank’s risk appetite. The Bank’s goal is to earn a stable and sustainable rate of return for every dollar of risk it takes, while putting significant emphasis on investing in its businesses to meet its future strategic objectives.
The Bank’s businesses and operations are exposed to a broad number of risks that have been identified and defined in the Enterprise Risk Framework. The Bank’s tolerance to those risks is defined in the Enterprise Risk Appetite which has been developed within a comprehensive framework that takes into consideration current conditions in which the Bank operates and the impact that emerging risks will have on TD’s strategy and risk profile. The Bank’s risk appetite states that it takes risks required to build its business, but only if those risks: (1) fit the business strategy and can be understood and managed; (2) do not expose the enterprise to any significant single loss events; TD does not ‘bet the bank’ on any single acquisition, business, or product; and (3) do not risk harming the TD brand. Each business is responsible for setting and aligning its individual risk appetites with that of the enterprise based on a thorough examination of the specific risks to which it is exposed.
The Bank considers it critical to regularly assess its operating environment and highlight top and emerging risks. These are risks with a potential to have a material effect on the Bank and where the attention of senior leaders is focused due to the potential magnitude or immediacy of their impact.
Risks are identified, discussed, and actioned by senior leaders and reported quarterly to the Risk Committee. Specific plans to mitigate top and emerging risks are prepared, monitored, and adjusted as required.
The Bank’s risk governance structure and risk management approach have not substantially changed from that described in the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report. Additional information on risk factors can be found in this document and the 2021 MD&A under the heading “Risk Factors and Management”. For a complete discussion of the risk governance structure and the risk management approach, refer to the “Managing Risk” section in the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report.
The shaded sections of this MD&A represent a discussion relating to market and liquidity risks and form an integral part of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the period ended January 31, 2022.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 26  

Table of Contents
CREDIT RISK
Gross credit risk exposure, also referred to as exposure at default (EAD), is the total amount the Bank is exposed to at the time of default of a loan and is measured before counterparty-specific provisions or write-offs. Gross credit risk exposure does not reflect the effects of credit risk mitigation (CRM) and includes both
on-balance
sheet and
off-balance
sheet exposures.
On-balance
sheet exposures consist primarily of outstanding loans, acceptances,
non-trading
securities, derivatives, and certain other repo-style transactions.
Off-balance
sheet exposures consist primarily of undrawn commitments, guarantees, and certain other
repo-style
transactions.
Gross credit risk exposures for the two approaches the Bank uses to measure credit risk are included in the following table.
 
TABLE 27: GROSS CREDIT RISK EXPOSURES – Standardized and Advanced Internal Ratings-Based (AIRB) Approaches
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
As at
 
 
  
January 31, 2022
 
  
October 31, 2021
 
  
  
Standardized
 
  
AIRB
 
  
Total
 
  
Standardized
 
  
AIRB
 
  
Total
 
Retail
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
Residential secured
  
$
4,437
 
  
$
442,895
 
  
$
447,332
 
  
$
4,323
 
  
$
433,144
 
  
$
437,467
 
Qualifying revolving retail
  
 
 
  
 
155,836
 
  
 
155,836
 
  
 
 
  
 
151,006
 
  
 
151,006
 
             
Other retail
  
 
3,462
 
  
 
89,461
 
  
 
92,923
 
  
 
3,368
 
  
 
88,894
 
  
 
92,262
 
             
Total retail
  
 
7,899
 
  
 
688,192
 
  
 
696,091
 
  
 
7,691
 
  
 
673,044
 
  
 
680,735
 
Non-retail
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
  
     
Corporate
  
 
3,674
 
  
 
641,281
 
  
 
644,955
 
  
 
6,066
 
  
 
625,640
 
  
 
631,706
 
Sovereign
  
 
1
 
  
 
514,751
 
  
 
514,752
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
470,671
 
  
 
470,672
 
             
Bank
  
 
489
 
  
 
132,365
 
  
 
132,854
 
  
 
519
 
  
 
136,004
 
  
 
136,523
 
             
Total
non-retail
  
 
4,164
 
  
 
1,288,397
 
  
 
1,292,561
 
  
 
6,586
 
  
 
1,232,315
 
  
 
1,238,901
 
Gross credit risk exposures
  
$
    12,063
 
  
$
    1,976,589
 
  
$
    1,988,652
 
  
$
    14,277
 
  
$
    1,905,359
 
  
$
    1,919,636
 
 
1
Gross credit risk exposures represent EAD and are before the effects of CRM. This table excludes securitization, equity, and certain other credit RWA.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
 
Page 27
 

Table of Contents
MARKET RISK
Market risk capital is calculated using internal models and comprises three components:
(1) Value-at-Risk
(VaR); (2) Stressed VaR; and (3) Incremental Risk Charge (IRC). In addition, the Bank calculates market risk capital using the Standardized approach for a limited number of portfolios.
Market Risk Linkage to the Balance Sheet
The following table provides a breakdown of the Bank’s balance sheet into assets and liabilities exposed to trading and
non-trading
market risks. Market risk of assets and liabilities included in the calculation of VaR and other metrics used for regulatory market risk capital purposes is classified as trading market risk.
 
TABLE 28:  MARKET RISK LINKAGE TO THE BALANCE SHEET
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021          
     
Balance
sheet
    
Trading
market risk
    
Non-trading
market risk
    
Other
    
Balance
sheet
    
Trading
market risk
    
Non-trading
market risk
     Other     
Non-trading market
risk – primary risk
sensitivity
 
Assets subject to market risk
                                                                                
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
  
$
165,209
    
$
317
    
$
164,892
    
$
     $ 159,962      $ 423      $ 159,539      $        Interest rate  
Trading loans, securities, and other
    
152,748
      
147,200
      
5,548
      
       147,590        138,701        8,889               Interest rate  
Non-trading financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
    
9,925
      
      
9,925
      
       9,390              
9,390
 
    

 
    
Equity,
foreign exchange,
interest rate
 
 
 
Derivatives
    
54,519
      
52,380
      
2,139
      
       54,427        52,352        2,075              

Equity, foreign
exchange,
interest rate
 
 
 
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
    
4,762
      
      
4,762
      
       4,564               4,564               Interest rate  
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
    
75,519
      
      
75,519
      
       79,066               79,066              

Equity, foreign
exchange,
interest rate
 
 
 
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
    
295,946
      
      
295,946
      
       268,939               268,939              
Foreign exchange,
interest rate
 
 
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
    
165,818
      
7,491
      
158,327
      
       167,284        7,992        159,292               Interest rate  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
    
743,615
      
      
743,615
      
       722,622               722,622               Interest rate  
Customers’ liability under acceptances
    
17,346
      
      
17,346
      
       18,448               18,448               Interest rate  
Investment in Schwab
    
11,186
      
      
11,186
      
       11,112               11,112               Equity  
Other assets
1
    
3,055
      
      
3,055
      
       2,677               2,677               Interest rate  
                   
Assets not exposed to market risk
    
78,940
      
      
      
78,940
       82,591                      82,591           
Total Assets
    
1,778,588
      
207,388
      
1,492,260
      
78,940
       1,728,672        199,468        1,446,613        82,591           
Liabilities subject to market risk
                                                                                
Trading deposits
    
20,549
      
20,480
      
69
      
       22,891        22,731        160               Equity, interest rate  
Derivatives
    
51,892
      
47,730
      
4,162
      
       57,122        51,817        5,305              

Equity,
foreign exchange,
interest rate
 
 
 
Securitization liabilities at fair value
    
13,332
      
13,332
      
      
       13,505        13,505                      Interest rate  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
    
135,150
      
6
      
135,144
      
       113,988        7        113,981               Interest rate  
Deposits
    
1,159,538
      
      
1,159,538
      
       1,125,125               1,125,125              
Interest rate,
foreign exchange
 
 
Acceptances
    
17,346
      
      
17,346
      
       18,448               18,448               Interest rate  
Obligations related to securities sold short
    
47,430
      
46,344
      
1,086
      
       42,384        41,242        1,142               Interest rate  
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
    
145,432
      
6,329
      
139,103
      
       144,097        5,126        138,971               Interest rate  
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
    
15,280
      
      
15,280
      
       15,262               15,262               Interest rate  
Subordinated notes and debentures
    
11,304
      
      
11,304
      
       11,230               11,230               Interest rate  
Other liabilities
1
    
16,289
      
      
16,289
      
       16,144               16,144               Equity, interest rate  
                   
Liabilities and Equity not exposed to market risk
    
145,046
      
      
      
145,046
       148,476                      148,476           
Total Liabilities and Equity
  
$
1,778,588
    
$
134,221
    
$
1,499,321
    
$
145,046
     $ 1,728,672      $ 134,428      $ 1,445,768      $ 148,476           
 
1
Relates to retirement benefits, insurance, and structured entity liabilities.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 28  

Table of Contents
 
Calculating VaR
The Bank computes total VaR on a daily basis by combining the General Market Risk (GMR) and Idiosyncratic Debt Specific Risk (IDSR) associated with the Bank’s trading positions.
GMR is determined by creating a distribution of potential changes in the market value of the current portfolio using historical simulation. The Bank values the current portfolio using the market price and rate changes of the most recent 259 trading days for equity, interest rate, foreign exchange, credit, and commodity products. GMR is computed as the threshold level that portfolio losses are not expected to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading days. A
one-day
holding period is used for GMR calculation, which is scaled up to ten days for regulatory capital calculation purposes.
IDSR measures idiosyncratic (single-name) credit spread risk for credit exposures in the trading portfolio using Monte Carlo simulation. The IDSR model is based on the historical behaviour of five-year idiosyncratic credit spreads. Similar to GMR, IDSR is computed as the threshold level that portfolio losses are not expected to exceed more than one out of every 100 trading days. IDSR is measured for a
ten-day
holding period.
The following graph discloses daily
one-day
VaR usage and trading net revenue, reported on a taxable equivalent basis, within Wholesale Banking. Trading net revenue includes trading income and net interest income related to positions within the Bank’s market risk capital trading books. For the quarter ending January 31, 2022, there were 7 days of trading losses and trading net revenue was positive for 89% of the trading days, reflecting normal trading activity. Losses in the quarter did not exceed VaR on any trading day.
 

VaR is a valuable risk measure but it should be used in the context of its limitations, for example:
   
VaR uses historical data to estimate future events, which limits its forecasting abilities;
   
it does not provide information on losses beyond the selected confidence level; and
   
it assumes that all positions can be liquidated during the holding period used for VaR calculation.
The Bank continuously improves its VaR methodologies and incorporates new risk measures in line with market conventions, industry best practices, and regulatory requirements.
To mitigate some of the shortcomings of VaR, the Bank uses additional metrics designed for risk management and capital purposes. These include Stressed VaR, IRC, Stress Testing Framework, as well as limits based on the sensitivity to various market risk factors.
Calculating Stressed VaR
In addition to VaR, the Bank also calculates Stressed VaR, which includes Stressed GMR and Stressed IDSR. Stressed VaR is designed to measure the adverse impact that potential changes in market rates and prices could have on the value of a portfolio over a specified period of stressed market conditions. Stressed VaR is determined using similar techniques and assumptions in GMR and IDSR VaR. However, instead of using the most recent 259 trading days (one year), the Bank uses a selected year of stressed market conditions. In the first quarter of 2022, Stressed VaR was calculated using the
one-year
period that includes the 2008 financial crisis. The appropriate historical
one-year
period to use for Stressed VaR is determined on a quarterly basis. Stressed VaR is a part of regulatory capital requirements.
Calculating the Incremental Risk Charge
The IRC is applied to all instruments in the trading book subject to migration and default risk. Migration risk represents the risk of changes in the credit ratings of the Bank’s exposures. TD applies a Monte Carlo simulation with a
one-year
horizon and a 99.9% confidence level to determine IRC, which is consistent with regulatory requirements. IRC is based on a “constant level of risk” assumption, which requires banks to assign a liquidity horizon to positions that are subject to IRC. IRC is a part of regulatory capital requirements.
 
 

TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 29  

Table of Contents
The following table presents the end of quarter, average, high, and low usage of TD’s portfolio metrics.
 

TABLE 29:  PORTFOLIO MARKET RISK MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
    
October 31
2021
 
 
   
January 31
2021
 
 
 
  
 
As at
 
  
 
Average
 
  
 
High
 
 
 
Low
 
     Average       Average  
Interest rate risk
  
$
20.4
 
  
$
17.4
 
  
$
25.3
 
 
$
9.8
 
   $ 10.6     $ 21.2  
Credit spread risk
  
 
17.2
 
  
 
12.0
 
  
 
17.2
 
 
 
8.0
 
     6.7       24.6  
Equity risk
  
 
15.3
 
  
 
11.1
 
  
 
15.3
 
 
 
8.5
 
     8.5       10.1  
Foreign exchange risk
  
 
0.8
 
  
 
1.2
 
  
 
2.5
 
 
 
0.6
 
     1.2       3.0  
Commodity risk
  
 
4.3
 
  
 
4.8
 
  
 
5.9
 
 
 
3.0
 
     4.2       6.3  
Idiosyncratic debt specific risk
  
 
27.7
 
  
 
22.4
 
  
 
28.4
 
 
 
17.8
 
     18.2       30.8  
Diversification effect
1
  
 
(50.0
)   
 
(40.4
)   
 
n/m
2
 
 
 
n/m
 
     (26.9     (62.2
Total
Value-at-Risk
(one-day)
  
 
35.7
 
  
 
28.5
 
  
 
37.2
 
 
 
21.8
 
     22.5       33.8  
Stressed
Value-at-Risk
(one-day)
  
 
74.3
 
  
 
69.3
 
  
 
84.3
 
 
 
55.7
 
     51.2       33.4  
Incremental Risk Capital Charge
(one-year)
  
$
    293.1
 
  
$
    326.3
 
  
$
    418.8
 
 
$
    233.4
 
   $      339.0     $     356.6  
 
 
1
The aggregate VaR is less than the sum of the VaR of the different risk types due to risk offsets resulting from portfolio diversification.
 
 
2
Not meaningful. It is not meaningful to compute a diversification effect because the high and low may occur on different days for different risk types.
 
Average VaR increased quarter-over-quarter due to changes in interest rate risk positions and decreased year-over-year due to the
COVID-19
related VaR scenarios dropping out of the
one-year
historical VaR period. Average Stressed VaR increased compared to both last quarter and same quarter last year due to changes in interest rate risk positions.
Average IRC remained relatively unchanged compared to last quarter. Average IRC decreased year-over-year due to changes in bond positions.
Validation of VaR Model
The Bank uses a back-testing process to compare the actual and theoretical profit and losses to VaR to ensure that they are consistent with the statistical results of the VaR model. The theoretical profit or loss is generated using the daily price movements on the assumption that there is no change in the composition of the portfolio. Validation of the IRC model must follow a different approach since the
one-year
horizon and 99.9% confidence level preclude standard back-testing techniques. Instead, key parameters of the IRC model such as transition and correlation matrices are subject to independent validation by benchmarking against external study results or through analysis using internal or external data.
Structural
(Non-Trading)
Interest Rate Risk
The Bank’s structural interest rate risk arises from traditional personal and commercial banking activity and is generally the result of mismatches between the maturities and repricing dates of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. The measurement of interest rate risk in the banking book does not include exposures from TD’s Wholesale Banking or Insurance businesses.
The primary measures for this risk are Economic Value of Shareholders’ Equity (EVE) Sensitivity and Net Interest Income Sensitivity (NIIS).
The EVE Sensitivity measures the impact of a specified interest rate shock to the change in the net present value of the Bank’s banking book assets, liabilities, and certain
off-balance
sheet items. It reflects a measurement of the potential present value impact on shareholders’ equity without an assumed term profile for the management of the Bank’s own equity and excludes product margins.
The NIIS measures the NII change over a twelve-month horizon for a specified change in interest rates for banking book assets, liabilities, and certain
off-balance
sheet items assuming a constant balance sheet over the period.
The Bank’s Market Risk policy sets overall limits on the structural interest rate risk measures. These limits are periodically reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee. In addition to the Board policy limits, book-level risk limits are set for the Bank’s management of
non-trading
interest rate risk by Risk Management. Exposures against these limits are routinely monitored and reported, and breaches of the Board limits, if any, are escalated to both the Asset/Liability and Capital Committee (ALCO) and the Risk Committee.
The following table shows the potential
before-tax
impact of an immediate and sustained 100 bps increase or decrease in interest rates on the EVE and NIIS measures. Interest rate floors are applied by currency to the decrease in rates such that they do not exceed expected lower bounds, with the most material currencies set to a floor of
-25
bps.
 
TABLE 30:  STRUCTURAL INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY MEASURES
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                            
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021     January 31, 2021  
    
EVE
Sensitivity
    
NII
Sensitivity
1
    
EVE
Sensitivity
   
NII
Sensitivity
   
EVE
Sensitivity
   
NII
Sensitivity
 
 
  
 
Canada
 
  
 
U.S.
 
  
 
Total
 
  
 
Canada
 
  
 
U.S.
 
  
 
Total
 
     Total       Total       Total       Total  
Before-tax
impact of
                                                                                      
  100 bps increase in rates
  
$
    3
 
  
$
    (1,287
)   
$
    (1,284
)   
$
     940
 
  
$
    1,060
 
  
$
    2,000
 
   $ (1,368   $     1,857     $ (1,625   $   2,299  
                     
  100 bps decrease in rates
  
 
(138
)   
 
681
 
  
 
543
 
  
 
(995
)   
 
(486
)   
 
(1,481
)              338       (1,101             143       (934
 
 
1
Represents the twelve-month net interest income (NII) exposure to an immediate and sustained shock in rates.
 
As at January 31, 2022, an immediate and sustained 100 bps increase in interest rates would have had a negative impact to the Bank’s EVE of $1,284 million, 
a decrease
 of $84 million from last quarter, and a positive impact to the Bank’s NII of $2,000 million,
an increase
 of $143 million from last quarter. An immediate and sustained 100 bps decrease in interest rates would have had a positive impact to the Bank’s EVE of $543 million,
an increase
 
of $205 million from last quarter, and a negative impact to the Bank’s NII of $1,481 million, an increase of $380 
million from last quarter. The quarter-over-quarter decrease in up shock EVE is primarily due to decreased sensitivity from loan optionality in the U.S. region. The quarter-over-quarter increase in down shock NII Sensitivity in primarily due to an increase in the effective shock given the increased level of rates and the measurement using a -25 bps floor, while the increase in up shock NII Sensitivity is primarily attributed to deposit growth. 
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
R
E
PORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 30  

Table of Contents
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk of having insufficient cash or collateral to meet financial obligations and an inability to, in a timely manner, raise funding or monetize assets at a
non-distressed
price. Financial obligations can arise from deposit withdrawals, debt maturities, commitments to provide credit or liquidity support, or the need to pledge additional collateral.
TD’S LIQUIDITY RISK APPETITE
The Bank maintains a prudent and disciplined approach to managing its potential exposure to liquidity risk. The Bank targets a
90-day
survival horizon under a combined bank-specific and market-wide stress scenario, and a minimum buffer over regulatory requirements prescribed by OSFI’s Liquidity Adequacy Requirements (LAR) guidelines. Under the LAR guidelines, Canadian banks are required to maintain a Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) at the minimum of 100% other than during periods of financial stress and to maintain a Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) at the minimum of 100%. The Bank’s funding program emphasizes maximizing deposits as a core source of funding, and having ready access to wholesale funding markets across diversified terms, funding types, and currencies that is designed to ensure low exposure to a sudden contraction of wholesale funding capacity and to minimize structural liquidity gaps. The Bank also maintains a contingency funding plan to enhance preparedness for recovery from potential liquidity stress events. The Bank’s strategies and actions comprise an integrated liquidity risk management program that is designed to ensure low exposure to liquidity risk and compliance with regulatory requirements.
LIQUIDITY RISK MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY
The Bank’s ALCO oversees the Bank’s liquidity risk management program. It ensures there are effective management structures and practices in place to properly measure and manage liquidity risk. The Global Liquidity & Funding Committee, a subcommittee of the ALCO comprised of senior management from Treasury and Balance Sheet Management (TBSM), Risk Management and Wholesale Banking, identifies and monitors the Bank’s liquidity risks. The management of liquidity risk is the responsibility of the SET member responsible for TBSM, while oversight and challenge is provided by the ALCO and independently by Risk Management. The Risk Committee regularly reviews the Bank’s liquidity position and approves the Bank’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework
bi-annually
and the related policies annually.
The Bank has established TDGUS as TD’s U.S. Intermediate Holding Company (IHC), as well as a Combined U.S. Operations (CUSO) reporting unit that consists of the IHC and TD’s U.S. branch and agency network. Both TDGUS and CUSO are managed to the U.S. Enhanced Prudential Standards liquidity requirements in addition to the Bank’s liquidity management framework.
The Bank’s liquidity risk appetite and liquidity risk management approach have not substantially changed from that described in the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report. For a complete discussion of liquidity risk, refer to the “Liquidity Risk” section in the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report.
Liquid assets
The unencumbered liquid assets the Bank holds to meet its liquidity requirements must be high-quality securities that the Bank believes can be monetized quickly in stress conditions with minimum loss in market value. The liquidity value of unencumbered liquid assets considers estimated market or trading depths, settlement timing, and/or other identified impediments to potential sale or pledging. Overall, the Bank expects any reduction in market value of its liquid asset portfolio to be modest given the underlying high credit quality and demonstrated liquidity.
Assets held by the Bank to meet liquidity requirements are summarized in the following tables. The tables do not include assets held within the Bank’s insurance businesses as these are used to support insurance-specific liabilities and capital requirements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 31  

Table of Contents

 
TABLE 31:  SUMMARY OF LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
1,2
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
As at
 
 
  
Bank-owned
liquid assets
 
  
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
 
  
Total
liquid
assets
 
  
% of
total
 
 
Encumbered
liquid assets
 
  
Unencumbered
liquid assets
 
January 31, 2022
Cash and central bank reserves
  
$
74,893
 
  
$
 
  
$
74,893
 
  
 
8
 % 
 
$
577
 
  
$
74,316
 
Canadian government obligations
  
 
15,106
 
  
 
97,755
 
  
 
112,861
 
  
 
12
 
 
 
80,412
 
  
 
32,449
 
National Housing Act Mortgage-Backed Securities (NHA MBS)
  
 
22,976
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
22,978
 
  
 
3
 
 
 
1,138
 
  
 
21,840
 
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
  
 
30,877
 
  
 
26,244
 
  
 
57,121
 
  
 
6
 
 
 
37,427
 
  
 
19,694
 
Corporate issuer obligations
  
 
9,773
 
  
 
3,780
 
  
 
13,553
 
  
 
2
 
 
 
2,481
 
  
 
11,072
 
             
Equities
  
 
15,895
 
  
 
5,059
 
  
 
20,954
 
  
 
2
 
 
 
8,519
 
  
 
12,435
 
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
  
 
169,520
 
  
 
132,840
 
  
 
302,360
 
  
 
33
 
 
 
130,554
 
  
 
171,806
 
Cash and central bank reserves
  
 
86,205
 
  
 
 
  
 
86,205
 
  
 
10
 
 
 
1,490
 
  
 
84,715
 
U.S. government obligations
  
 
97,815
 
  
 
49,514
 
  
 
147,329
 
  
 
16
 
 
 
49,433
 
  
 
97,896
 
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
  
 
76,719
 
  
 
5,247
 
  
 
81,966
 
  
 
9
 
 
 
18,009
 
  
 
63,957
 
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
  
 
61,987
 
  
 
66,493
 
  
 
128,480
 
  
 
14
 
 
 
66,424
 
  
 
62,056
 
Corporate issuer obligations
  
 
85,883
 
  
 
3,288
 
  
 
89,171
 
  
 
10
 
 
 
9,710
 
  
 
79,461
 
             
Equities
  
 
40,977
 
  
 
31,599
 
  
 
72,576
 
  
 
8
 
 
 
36,371
 
  
 
36,205
 
Total
non-Canadian
dollar-denominated
  
 
449,586
 
  
 
156,141
 
  
 
605,727
 
  
 
67
 
 
 
181,437
 
  
 
424,290
 
Total
  
$
619,106
 
  
$
288,981
 
  
$
908,087
 
  
 
100
 % 
 
$
311,991
 
  
$
596,096
 
     
 
  
 
 
 
     October 31, 2021  
Cash and central bank reserves
   $ 70,271      $ –        $ 70,271        8  %    $ 798      $ 69,473  
Canadian government obligations
     26,176        92,825        119,001        14       83,456        35,545  
NHA MBS
     23,615        2        23,617        3       1,104        22,513  
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
     30,213        24,808        55,021        6       37,142        17,879  
Corporate issuer obligations
     9,062        3,775        12,837        1       2,542        10,295  
             
Equities
     14,558        3,589        18,147        2       9,110        9,037  
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
     173,895        124,999        298,894        34       134,152        164,742  
Cash and central bank reserves
     84,956               84,956        10       120        84,836  
U.S. government obligations
     83,386        44,924        128,310        15       34,903        93,407  
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
     74,898        5,082        79,980        9       18,949        61,031  
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
     63,400        60,623        124,023        14       57,530        66,493  
Corporate issuer obligations
     79,108        3,143        82,251        9       10,268        71,983  
             
Equities
     41,961        33,280        75,241        9       38,077        37,164  
Total
non-Canadian
dollar-denominated
     427,709        147,052        574,761        66       159,847        414,914  
Total
   $ 601,604      $ 272,051      $ 873,655        100  %    $ 293,999      $ 579,656  
 
 
1
Liquid assets include collateral received that can be
re-hypothecated
or otherwise redeployed.
 
  2
Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.
 
 
3
Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.
 
Unencumbered liquid assets are held in The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries and branches and are summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 32:  SUMMARY OF UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)           
As at
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
     October 31
2021
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
  
$
202,134
 
   $ 204,543  
Bank subsidiaries
  
 
373,743
 
     360,569  
     
Foreign branches
  
 
20,219
 
     14,544  
Total
  
$
596,096
 
   $ 579,656  
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 32  

Table of Contents
The Bank’s monthly average liquid assets (excluding those held in insurance subsidiaries) for the quarters ended January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021, are summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 33:  SUMMARY OF AVERAGE LIQUID ASSETS BY TYPE AND CURRENCY
1,2
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
Average for the three months ended
 
    
Bank-owned

liquid assets
    
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
    
Total
liquid
assets
    
% of
Total
   
Encumbered
liquid assets
    
Unencumbered
liquid assets
 
     
January 31, 2022
 
Cash and central bank reserves
  
$
60,740
 
  
$
 
  
$
60,740
 
  
 
7
 % 
 
$
837
 
  
$
59,903
 
Canadian government obligations
  
 
17,631
 
  
 
94,642
 
  
 
112,273
 
  
 
12
 
 
 
79,019
 
  
 
33,254
 
NHA MBS
  
 
23,825
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
23,827
 
  
 
3
 
 
 
1,110
 
  
 
22,717
 
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
  
 
30,561
 
  
 
27,410
 
  
 
57,971
 
  
 
6
 
 
 
38,343
 
  
 
19,628
 
Corporate issuer obligations
  
 
9,928
 
  
 
3,940
 
  
 
13,868
 
  
 
2
 
 
 
2,491
 
  
 
11,377
 
             
Equities
  
 
15,749
 
  
 
4,133
 
  
 
19,882
 
  
 
2
 
 
 
8,155
 
  
 
11,727
 
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
  
 
158,434
 
  
 
130,127
 
  
 
288,561
 
  
 
32
 
 
 
129,955
 
  
 
158,606
 
Cash and central bank reserves
  
 
87,080
 
  
 
 
  
 
87,080
 
  
 
10
 
 
 
920
 
  
 
86,160
 
U.S. government obligations
  
 
96,633
 
  
 
51,145
 
  
 
147,778
 
  
 
16
 
 
 
48,794
 
  
 
98,984
 
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
  
 
76,772
 
  
 
5,426
 
  
 
82,198
 
  
 
9
 
 
 
18,268
 
  
 
63,930
 
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
  
 
64,019
 
  
 
63,505
 
  
 
127,524
 
  
 
14
 
 
 
63,729
 
  
 
63,795
 
Corporate issuer obligations
  
 
83,921
 
  
 
3,321
 
  
 
87,242
 
  
 
10
 
 
 
9,870
 
  
 
77,372
 
             
Equities
  
 
50,621
 
  
 
34,188
 
  
 
84,809
 
  
 
9
 
 
 
40,593
 
  
 
44,216
 
Total
non-Canadian
dollar-denominated
  
 
459,046
 
  
 
157,585
 
  
 
616,631
 
  
 
68
 
 
 
182,174
 
  
 
434,457
 
Total
  
$
617,480
 
  
$
287,712
 
  
$
905,192
 
  
 
100
 % 
 
$
312,129
 
  
$
593,063
 
   
       October 31, 2021  
Cash and central bank reserves
   $ 74,790      $      $ 74,790        8  %    $ 953      $ 73,837  
Canadian government obligations
     26,392        91,893        118,285        14       83,385        34,900  
NHA MBS
     24,605        3        24,608        3       1,287        23,321  
Obligations of provincial governments, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
     28,390        25,268        53,658        6       35,864        17,794  
Corporate issuer obligations
     8,494        3,918        12,412        1       2,722        9,690  
             
Equities
     15,249        4,216        19,465        2       9,931        9,534  
Total Canadian dollar-denominated
     177,920        125,298        303,218        34       134,142        169,076  
Cash and central bank reserves
     90,594               90,594        10       51        90,543  
U.S. government obligations
     84,826        46,339        131,165        15       39,231        91,934  
U.S. federal agency obligations, including U.S. federal agency mortgage-backed obligations
     74,167        5,398        79,565        9       18,553        61,012  
Obligations of other sovereigns, public sector entities and multilateral development banks
3
     63,495        64,353        127,848        14       61,752        66,096  
Corporate issuer obligations
     78,334        2,970        81,304        9       10,286        71,018  
             
Equities
     40,823        33,735        74,558        9       38,143        36,415  
Total
non-Canadian
dollar-denominated
     432,239        152,795        585,034        66       168,016        417,018  
Total
   $ 610,159      $ 278,093      $ 888,252        100  %    $ 302,158      $ 586,094  
 
1
Liquid assets include collateral received that can be
re-hypothecated
or otherwise redeployed.
2
Positions stated include gross asset values pertaining to securities financing transactions.
3
Includes debt obligations issued or guaranteed by these entities.
Average unencumbered liquid assets held in The Toronto-Dominion Bank and multiple domestic and foreign subsidiaries (excluding insurance subsidiaries) and branches are summarized in the following table.
 
TABLE 34:  SUMMARY OF AVERAGE UNENCUMBERED LIQUID ASSETS BY BANK, SUBSIDIARIES, AND BRANCHES
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
Average for the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    
October 31
2021
 
The Toronto-Dominion Bank (Parent)
  
$
192,701
 
   $ 208,858  
Bank subsidiaries
  
 
380,829
 
     359,606  
     
Foreign branches
  
 
19,533
 
     17,630  
Total
  
$
    593,063
 
   $     586,094  
ASSET ENCUMBRANCE
In the course of the Bank’s
day-to-day
operations, assets are pledged to obtain funding, support trading and brokerage businesses, and participate in clearing and/or settlement systems. A summary of encumbered and unencumbered assets (excluding assets held in insurance subsidiaries) is presented in the following table to identify assets that are used or available for potential funding needs.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 33  

Table of Contents
TABLE 35:  ENCUMBERED AND UNENCUMBERED ASSETS
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)           
As at
 
    
Total Assets
    
Encumbered
1
    
Unencumbered
 
    
Bank-owned

assets
    
Securities
received as
collateral from
securities
financing and
derivative
transactions
2
   
Total
Assets
    
Pledged as
Collateral
3
    
Other
4
    
Available as
Collateral
5
    
Other
6
 
                                            
January 31, 2022
 
Cash and due from banks
  
$
7,001
 
  
$
 
 
$
7,001
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
7,001
 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
  
 
165,209
 
  
 
 
 
 
165,209
 
  
 
8,457
 
  
 
154
 
  
 
155,789
 
  
 
809
 
Securities, trading loans, and other
7
  
 
538,900
 
  
 
377,767
 
 
 
916,667
 
  
 
381,968
 
  
 
12,355
 
  
 
494,147
 
  
 
28,197
 
Derivatives
  
 
54,519
 
  
 
 
 
 
54,519
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
54,519
 
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
8
  
 
165,818
 
  
 
(165,818
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
9
  
 
743,615
 
  
 
(19,040
 
 
724,575
 
  
 
36,951
 
  
 
43,817
 
  
 
57,571
 
  
 
586,236
 
Customers’ liabilities under acceptances
  
 
17,346
 
  
 
 
 
 
17,346
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
17,346
 
               
Other assets
10
  
 
86,180
 
  
 
 
 
 
86,180
 
  
 
470
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
85,710
 
               
Total assets
  
$
    1,778,588
 
  
$
     192,909
 
 
$
    1,971,497
 
  
$
    427,846
 
  
$
    56,326
 
  
$
    707,507
 
  
$
    779,818
 
             
                                             October 31, 2021  
               
Total assets
   $ 1,728,672      $ 170,253     $ 1,898,925      $ 400,502      $ 60,298      $ 681,236      $ 756,889  
 
1
Asset encumbrance has been analyzed on an individual asset basis. Where a particular asset has been encumbered and TD has holdings of the asset both
on-balance
sheet and
off-balance
sheet, for the purpose of this disclosure, the
on-
and
off-balance
sheet holdings are encumbered in alignment with the business practice.
2
Assets received as collateral through
off-balance
transactions such as reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowing, margin loans, and other client activity.
3
Represents assets that have been posted externally to support the Bank’s
day-to-day
operations, including securities financing transactions, clearing and payments, and derivative transactions. Also includes assets that have been pledged supporting Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) activity.
4
Assets supporting TD’s long-term funding activities, assets pledged against securitization liabilities, and assets held by consolidated securitization vehicles or in pools for covered bond issuance.
5
Assets that are considered readily available in their current legal form to generate funding or support collateral needs. This category includes reported FHLB assets that remain unutilized and DSAC that are available for collateral purposes however not regularly utilized in practice.
6
Assets that cannot be used to support funding or collateral requirements in their current form. This category includes those assets that are potentially eligible as funding program collateral or for pledging to central banks (for example, Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation insured mortgages that can be securitized into NHA MBS).
7
Includes trading loans, securities,
non-trading
financial assets at FVTPL and other financial assets designated at FVTPL, financial assets at FVOCI, and DSAC.
8
Assets reported in the “Bank-owned assets” column represent the value of the loans extended and not the value of the collateral received. The loan value from the reverse repurchase transactions is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions” column to avoid double-counting with the
on-balance
sheet assets.
9
The loan value from the margin loans/client activity is deducted from the “Securities received as collateral from securities financing and derivative transactions” column to avoid double-counting with the
on-balance
sheet assets.
10
Other assets include investment in Schwab, goodwill, other intangibles, land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets, deferred tax assets, amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients, and other assets on the balance sheet not reported in the above categories.
LIQUIDITY STRESS TESTING AND CONTINGENCY FUNDING PLANS
In addition to the Severe Combined Stress Scenario, the Bank performs liquidity stress testing on multiple alternate scenarios. These scenarios are a mix of
TD-specific
events and market-wide stress events designed to test the impact from risk factors material to the Bank’s risk profile. Liquidity assessments are also part of the Bank’s Enterprise-Wide Stress Testing program.
The Bank has liquidity contingency funding plans (CFP) in place at the overall Bank level and for subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions (“Regional CFPs”). The Bank’s CFP provides a documented framework for managing unexpected liquidity situations and thus is an integral component of the Bank’s overall liquidity risk management program. It outlines different contingency levels based on the severity and duration of the liquidity situation, and identifies recovery actions appropriate for each level. For each recovery action, it provides key operational steps required to execute the action. Regional CFPs identify recovery actions to address region-specific stress events. The actions and governance structure outlined in the Bank’s CFP are aligned with the Bank’s Crisis Management Recovery Plan.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 34  

Table of Contents
CREDIT RATINGS
Credit ratings impact the Bank’s borrowing costs and ability to raise funds. Rating downgrades could potentially result in higher financing costs, increased requirements to pledge collateral, reduced access to capital markets, and could also affect the Bank’s ability to enter into derivative transactions.
Credit ratings and outlooks provided by rating agencies reflect their views and are subject to change from
time-to-time,
based on a number of factors including the Bank’s financial strength, competitive position, and liquidity, as well as factors not entirely within the Bank’s control, including the methodologies used by rating agencies and conditions affecting the overall financial services industry.
 
TABLE 36: CREDIT RATINGS
1
 
           
As at
 
           
January 31, 2022
 
    
Moody’s
   
S&P
    
DBRS
 
Deposits/Counterparty
2
 
 
Aa1
 
 
 
AA-
 
  
 
AA (high)
 
Legacy Senior Debt
3
 
 
Aa2
 
 
 
AA-
 
  
 
AA (high)
 
Senior Debt
4
 
 
A1
 
 
 
A
 
  
 
AA
 
Covered Bonds
 
 
Aaa
 
 
 
 
  
 
AAA
 
Subordinated Debt
 
 
A2
 
 
 
A
 
  
 
AA (low)
 
Subordinated Debt – NVCC
 
 
A2 (hyb)
 
 
 
A-
 
  
 
A
 
Preferred Shares – NVCC
 
 
Baa1 (hyb)
 
 
 
BBB
 
  
 
Pfd-2 (high)
 
Limited Recourse Capital Notes – NVCC
 
 
Baa1 (hyb)
 
 
 
BBB
 
  
 
A (low)
 
Short-Term Debt (Deposits)
 
 
P-1
 
 
 
A-1+
 
  
 
R-1
(high)
 
       
Outlook
 
 
Stable
 
 
 
Stable
 
  
 
Stable
 
 
1
The above ratings are for The Toronto-Dominion Bank legal entity. Subsidiaries’ ratings are available on the Bank’s website at http://www.td.com/investor/credit.jsp. Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation in as much as they do not comment on market price or suitability for a particular investor. Ratings are subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.
2
Represents Moody’s Long-Term Deposits Ratings and Counterparty Risk Rating, S&P’s Issuer Credit Rating, and DBRS’ Long-Term Issuer Rating.
3
Includes (a) Senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and (b) Senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization
“bail-in”
regime, including debt with an original
term-to-maturity
of less
than 400 days and most structured notes.
4
Subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization
“bail-in”
regime.
The Bank regularly reviews the level of increased collateral its trading counterparties would require in the event of a downgrade of TD’s credit rating. The Bank holds liquid assets to ensure it is able to provide additional collateral required by trading counterparties in the event of a three-notch downgrade in the Bank’s legacy senior debt ratings. The following table presents the additional collateral that could have been contractually required to be posted to OTC derivative counterparties as of the reporting date in the event of one, two, and three-notch downgrades of the Bank’s credit ratings.
 
TABLE 37:  ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR RATING DOWNGRADES
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
Average for the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    
October 31
2021
 
One-notch
downgrade
  
$
181
 
   $ 194  
Two-notch
downgrade
  
 
287
 
     273  
     
Three-notch downgrade
  
 
    1,118
 
         1,048  
 
1
The above collateral requirements are based on each OTC trading counterparty’s Credit Support Annex and the Bank’s credit rating across applicable rating agencies.
LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
The LCR is a Basel III metric calculated as the ratio of the stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets (HQLA) over the net cash outflow requirements in the next 30 days under a hypothetical liquidity stress event.
Other than during periods of financial stress, the Bank must maintain the LCR above 100% in accordance with the OSFI LAR requirement. The Bank’s LCR is calculated according to the scenario parameters in the LAR guideline, including prescribed HQLA eligibility criteria and haircuts, deposit
run-off
rates, and other outflow and inflow rates. HQLA held by the Bank that are eligible for the LCR calculation under the LAR are primarily central bank reserves, sovereign-issued or sovereign-guaranteed securities, and high-quality securities issued by
non-financial
entities.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 35  

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Bank’s average daily LCR as of the relevant dates.
 
TABLE 38:  AVERAGE BASEL III LIQUIDITY COVERAGE RATIO
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
Average for the three months ended
 
    
January 31, 2022
 
     
Total unweighted
value (average)
2
   
Total weighted
value (average)
3
 
High-quality liquid assets
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total high-quality liquid assets
  
$
n/a
4
 
 
$
326,939
 
     
Cash outflows
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers, of which:
  
$
683,127
 
 
$
80,871
 
Stable deposits
5
  
 
254,227
 
 
 
7,627
 
Less stable deposits
  
 
428,900
 
 
 
73,244
 
Unsecured wholesale funding, of which:
  
 
352,130
 
 
 
158,058
 
Operational deposits (all counterparties) and deposits in networks of cooperative banks
6
  
 
167,158
 
 
 
40,266
 
Non-operational
deposits (all counterparties)
  
 
152,049
 
 
 
84,869
 
Unsecured debt
  
 
32,923
 
 
 
32,923
 
Secured wholesale funding
  
 
n/a
 
 
 
18,409
 
Additional requirements, of which:
  
 
270,050
 
 
 
76,394
 
Outflows related to derivative exposures and other collateral requirements
  
 
41,338
 
 
 
29,262
 
Outflows related to loss of funding on debt products
  
 
5,671
 
 
 
5,671
 
Credit and liquidity facilities
  
 
223,041
 
 
 
41,461
 
Other contractual funding obligations
  
 
16,241
 
 
 
10,585
 
     
Other contingent funding obligations
7
  
 
619,870
 
 
 
10,709
 
Total cash outflows
  
$
n/a
 
 
$
    355,026
 
     
Cash inflows
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Secured lending
  
$
211,618
 
 
$
20,870
 
Inflows from fully performing exposures
  
 
12,832
 
 
 
5,984
 
     
Other cash inflows
  
 
65,041
 
 
 
65,041
 
Total cash inflows
  
$
    289,491
 
 
$
91,895
 
   
    
Average for the three months ended
 
    
January 31, 2022
    October 31, 2021  
     
Total adjusted
value
    Total adjusted
value
 
Total high-quality liquid assets
8
  
$
326,939
 
  $ 334,370  
Total net cash outflows
9
  
 
263,131
 
    265,958  
Liquidity coverage ratio
  
 
124
 % 
    126  % 
 
1
The LCR for the quarter ended January 31, 2022 is calculated as an average of the 62 daily data points in the quarter.
2
Unweighted inflow and outflow values are outstanding balances maturing or callable within 30 days.
3
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective HQLA haircuts or inflow and outflow rates, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.
4
Not applicable as per the LCR common disclosure template.
5
As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and small- and
medium-sized
enterprise (SME) customers are deposits that are insured and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawal highly unlikely.
6
Operational deposits from
non-SME
business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These activities include clearing, custody, or cash management services.
7
Includes uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities, stable value money market mutual funds, outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, and other contractual cash outflows. With respect to outstanding debt securities with remaining maturity greater than 30 days, TD has no contractual obligation to buy back these outstanding TD debt securities, and as a result, a 0% outflow rate is applied under the OSFI LAR guideline.
8
Total HQLA includes both asset haircuts and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (HQLA assets after haircuts are capped at 40% for Level 2 and 15% for Level 2B).
9
Total Net Cash Outflows include both inflow and outflow rates and applicable caps, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline (inflows are capped at 75% of outflows).
The Bank’s average LCR of 124% for quarter ended January 31, 2022 continues to meet the regulatory requirements.
The Bank holds a variety of liquid assets commensurate with liquidity needs of the organization. Many of these assets qualify as HQLA under the OSFI LAR guideline. The average HQLA of the Bank for the quarter ended January 31, 2022 was $327 billion (October 31, 2021 – $334 billion), with Level 1 assets representing 84% (October 31, 2021 – 86%). The Bank’s reported HQLA excludes excess HQLA from the U.S. Retail operations, as required by the OSFI LAR guideline, to reflect liquidity transfer considerations between U.S. Retail and its affiliates as a result of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board’s regulations. By excluding excess HQLA, the U.S. Retail LCR is effectively capped at 100% prior to total Bank consolidation.
As described in the “How TD Manages Liquidity Risk” section of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report, the Bank manages its HQLA and other liquidity buffers to the higher of TD’s
90-day
surplus requirement and the target buffers over regulatory requirements from the LCR, NSFR, and the Net Cumulative Cash Flow (NCCF) metrics. As a result, the total stock of HQLA is subject to ongoing rebalancing against the projected liquidity requirements.
NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO
The NSFR is a Basel III metric calculated as the ratio of total available stable funding (ASF) over total required stable funding (RSF) in accordance with OSFI’s LAR guideline. The Bank must maintain an NSFR ratio equal to or above 100% in accordance with the LAR guideline. The Bank’s ASF comprises the Bank’s liability and capital instruments (including but not limited to deposits and wholesale funding). The Bank’s RSF comprises the Bank’s assets and
off-balance
sheet activities and is a function of the liquidity characteristics and maturity profile of these assets.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 36  

Table of Contents

TABLE 39:  NET STABLE FUNDING RATIO
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
 
As at
 
  
 
January 31, 2022
 
  
 
Unweighted value by residential maturity
 
  
  
  
No
maturity
1
 
  
Less than
6 months
 
  
6 months to
less than
1 year
 
  
More than
1 year
 
  
Weighted
value
2
 
Available Stable Funding Item
  
Capital
  
$
    98,990
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
10,842
 
  
$
    109,833
 
Regulatory capital
  
 
98,990
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
10,842
 
  
 
109,833
 
Other capital instruments
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
Retail deposits and deposits from small business customers:
  
 
674,670
 
  
 
30,069
 
  
 
9,667
 
  
 
15,219
 
  
 
598,001
 
Stable deposits
3
  
 
259,356
 
  
 
9,622
 
  
 
4,792
 
  
 
8,103
 
  
 
268,184
 
Less stable deposits
  
 
415,314
 
  
 
20,447
 
  
 
4,875
 
  
 
7,116
 
  
 
329,817
 
Wholesale funding:
  
 
267,178
 
  
 
284,279
 
  
 
44,218
 
  
 
84,615
 
  
 
263,116
 
Operational deposits
4
  
 
136,689
 
  
 
2,188
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
69,438
 
Other wholesale funding
  
 
130,489
 
  
 
282,091
 
  
 
44,218
 
  
 
84,615
 
  
 
193,678
 
Liabilities with matching interdependent assets
5
  
 
 
  
 
2,294
 
  
 
1,950
 
  
 
19,746
 
  
 
 
Other liabilities:
  
 
58,974
 
  
  
  
 
72,712
 
  
 
2,138
 
NSFR derivative liabilities
  
 
n/a
 
  
  
  
 
1,956
 
  
 
n/a
 
All other liabilities and equity not included in the above categories
  
 
58,974
 
  
 
67,803
 
  
 
1,630
 
  
 
1,323
 
  
 
2,138
 
Total Available Stable Funding
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
$
973,088
 
 
Required Stable Funding Item
  
Total NSFR high-quality liquid assets
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
55,743
 
Deposits held at other financial institutions for operational purposes
  
 
 
  
 
54
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
27
 
Performing loans and securities
  
 
85,517
 
  
 
182,123
 
  
 
90,389
 
  
 
581,221
 
  
 
619,173
 
Performing loans to financial institutions secured by Level 1 HQLA
  
 
 
  
 
57,494
 
  
 
11,385
 
  
 
 
  
 
13,877
 
Performing loans to financial institutions secured by
non-Level
1
  
  
  
  
  
HQLA and unsecured performing loans to financial institutions
  
 
377
 
  
 
36,151
 
  
 
5,810
 
  
 
4,199
 
  
 
11,359
 
Performing loans to
non-financial
corporate clients, loans to retail and small business customers, and loans to sovereigns, central banks and PSEs, of which:
  
 
30,753
 
  
 
46,550
 
  
 
30,028
 
  
 
235,404
 
  
 
268,006
 
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardized approach for credit risk
  
  
 
28,459
 
  
 
16,986
 
  
 
280
 
  
 
23,028
 
Performing residential mortgages, of which:
  
 
30,794
 
  
 
31,299
 
  
 
34,158
 
  
 
269,671
 
  
 
233,825
 
With a risk weight of less than or equal to 35% under the Basel II standardized approach for credit risk
6
  
 
30,794
 
  
 
31,299
 
  
 
34,158
 
  
 
269,671
 
  
 
233,825
 
Securities that are not in default and do not qualify as HQLA, including exchange-traded equities
  
 
23,593
 
  
 
10,629
 
  
 
9,008
 
  
 
71,947
 
  
 
92,106
 
Assets with matching interdependent liabilities
5
  
 
 
  
 
2,112
 
  
 
2,256
 
  
 
19,622
 
  
 
 
Other assets:
  
 
65,017
 
  
  
  
 
98,183
 
  
 
86,786
 
Physical traded commodities, including gold
  
 
16,766
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
14,492
 
Assets posted as initial margin for derivative contracts and contributions to default funds of CCPs
  
  
  
  
 
11,349
 
  
 
9,647
 
NSFR derivative assets
  
 
n/a
 
  
  
  
 
4,720
 
  
 
2,765
 
NSFR derivative liabilities before deduction of variation margin posted
  
 
n/a
 
  
  
  
 
12,915
 
  
 
646
 
All other assets not included in the above categories
  
 
48,251
 
  
 
62,430
 
  
 
2,004
 
  
 
4,765
 
  
 
59,236
 
Off-balance
sheet items
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
646,710
 
  
 
22,566
 
Total Required Stable Funding
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
$
784,295
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
124
 % 
  
  
 
As at
 
 
  
 
October 31, 2021
 
Total Available Stable Funding
  
  
  
  
  
$
958,226
 
Total Required Stable Funding
  
  
  
  
  
$
763,800
 
Net Stable Funding Ratio
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
125
 % 
 
1
Items in the “no maturity” time bucket do not have a stated maturity. These may include, but are not limited to, items such as capital with perpetual maturity,
non-maturity
deposits, short positions, open maturity positions,
non-HQLA
equities, and physical traded commodities.
2
Weighted values are calculated after the application of respective NSFR weights, as prescribed by the OSFI LAR guideline.
3
As defined by the OSFI LAR guideline, stable deposits from retail and SME customers are deposits that are insured and are either held in transactional accounts or the depositors have an established relationship with the Bank that makes deposit withdrawals highly unlikely.
4
Operational deposits from
non-SME
business customers are deposits kept with the Bank in order to facilitate their access and ability to conduct payment and settlement activities. These activities include clearing, custody, or cash management services.
5
Interdependent asset and liability items are deemed by OSFI to be interdependent and have RSF and ASF risk factors adjusted to zero. Interdependent liabilities cannot fall due while asset is still on balance sheet, cannot be used to fund any other assets and principal payments from the asset cannot be used for anything other than repaying the liability. As such, the only interdependent assets and liabilities that qualify for this treatment at the Bank are the liabilities arising from the Canada Mortgage Bonds Program and their corresponding encumbered assets.
6
Includes Residential Mortgages and HELOCs.
The Bank’s NSFR for the quarter ended January 31, 2022 is at 124% (October 31, 2021 – 125%) and has met the regulatory requirements. The NSFR changes
quarter-to-quarter
are based on a number of factors including deposit and loan growth, changes in capital levels, wholesale funding issuance and maturities, and changes in the maturity profile of wholesale funding.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
 
Page 37
 

Table of Contents
FUNDING
The Bank has access to a variety of unsecured and secured funding sources. The Bank’s funding activities are conducted in accordance with the liquidity management policy that requires assets be funded to the appropriate term and to a prudent diversification profile.
The Bank’s primary approach to managing funding activities is to maximize the use of deposits raised through personal and commercial banking channels. The following table illustrates the Bank’s large base of personal and commercial, wealth, and Schwab sweep deposits (collectively, “P&C deposits”) that make up over 75% of the Bank’s total funding.
 
TABLE 40:  SUMMARY OF DEPOSIT FUNDING
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
 
 
  
 
As at
 
     
    January 31
2022
    
    October 31
2021
 
P&C deposits – Canadian Retail
  
$
525,646
 
   $ 519,466  
     
P&C deposits – U.S. Retail
1
  
 
 
492,382
 
     472,742  
Total
  
$
     1,018,028
 
   $     992,208  
 
1
 
P&C deposits in U.S. Retail are presented on a CAD equivalent basis and therefore period-over-period movements reflect both underlying growth and changes in the foreign exchange rate.
 
WHOLESALE FUNDING
The Bank maintains various registered external wholesale term (greater than 1 year) funding programs to provide access to diversified funding sources, including asset securitization, covered bonds, and unsecured wholesale debt. The Bank raises term funding through Senior Notes, NHA MBS, and notes backed by credit card receivables (Evergreen Credit Card Trust) and home equity lines of credit (Genesis Trust II). The Bank’s wholesale funding is diversified by geography, by currency, and by funding types. The Bank raises short-term (1 year and less) funding using certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and bankers’ acceptances.
The following table summarizes the registered term funding and capital programs by geography, with the related program size as at January 31, 2022.
 
 
 
 
Canada
 
United States
 
Europe
Capital Securities Program ($15 billion)
 
Canadian Senior Medium-Term Linked Notes Program ($4 billion)
 
HELOC ABS Program (Genesis Trust II) ($7 billion)
 
U.S. SEC
(F-3)
Registered Capital and Debt Program (US$45 billion)
1
 
United Kingdom Listing Authority (UKLA) Registered Legislative Covered Bond Program ($80 billion)
 
UKLA Registered European Medium-Term Note Program (US$20 billion)
 
1
 
On February 4, 2022, the Bank filed a renewal registration statement on Form
F-3
which, subject to review by the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission and upon going effective, would register up to US$75 billion for sale under the U.S. program.
The following table presents a breakdown of the Bank’s term debt by currency and funding type. Term funding as at January 31, 2022, was $104.5 billion (October 31, 2021 – $100.7 billion).
Note that Table 41: Long-Term Funding and Table 42: Wholesale Funding do not include any funding accessed via repurchase transactions or securities financing.
 
TABLE 41:  LONG-TERM FUNDING
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
As at
 
Long-term funding by currency
  
January 31
2022
    
October 31
2021
 
Canadian dollar
  
 
36
 % 
     37  % 
U.S. dollar
  
 
39
 
     38  
Euro
  
 
19
 
     18  
British pound
  
 
3
 
     4  
Other
  
 
3
 
     3  
Total
  
 
100
 % 
     100  % 
Long-term funding by type
               
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
  
 
62
 % 
     59  % 
Covered bonds
  
 
21
 
     24  
Mortgage securitization
1
  
 
15
 
     15  
Term asset-backed securities
  
 
2
 
     2  
Total
  
 
100
 % 
     100  % 
 
1
Mortgage securitization includes mortgage-backed securities issued to external investors and excludes the residential mortgage trading business.
 
The Bank maintains depositor concentration limits in respect of short-term wholesale deposits so that it is not overly reliant on individual depositors for funding. The Bank further limits short-term wholesale funding maturity concentration in an effort to mitigate refinancing risk during a stress event.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 38  

Table of Contents
The following table represents the remaining maturity of various sources of funding outstanding as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021.
 
TABLE 42:  WHOLESALE FUNDING
1
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
As at
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
January 31
2022
 
  
October 31
2021
 
  
  
Less than
1 month
 
  
1 to 3
months
 
  
3 to 6
months
 
  
6 months
to 1 year
 
  
Up to 1
year
 
  
Over 1 to
2 years
 
  
Over 2
years
 
  
Total
 
  
Total
 
Deposits from banks
2
  
$
14,204
 
  
$
4,450
 
  
$
2,159
 
  
$
249
 
  
$
21,062
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
21,062
 
  
$
18,503
 
Bearer deposit notes
  
 
130
 
  
 
41
 
  
 
27
 
  
 
133
 
  
 
331
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
331
 
  
 
600
 
Certificates of deposit
  
 
4,686
 
  
 
16,187
 
  
 
19,138
 
  
 
22,582
 
  
 
62,593
 
  
 
212
 
  
 
 
  
 
62,805
 
  
 
53,079
 
Commercial paper
  
 
13,522
 
  
 
18,143
 
  
 
20,483
 
  
 
8,044
 
  
 
60,192
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
60,192
 
  
 
57,474
 
Covered bonds
  
 
 
  
 
1,785
 
  
 
3,926
 
  
 
2,637
 
  
 
8,348
 
  
 
5,716
 
  
 
8,903
 
  
 
22,967
 
  
 
25,086
 
Mortgage securitization
3
  
 
1,066
 
  
 
1,431
 
  
 
988
 
  
 
2,040
 
  
 
5,525
 
  
 
5,253
 
  
 
17,833
 
  
 
28,611
 
  
 
28,767
 
Legacy senior unsecured medium-term notes
4
  
 
 
  
 
3,787
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
3,787
 
  
 
8,883
 
  
 
2,026
 
  
 
14,696
 
  
 
16,959
 
Senior unsecured medium-term notes
5
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,397
 
  
 
5,397
 
  
 
6,601
 
  
 
38,050
 
  
 
50,048
 
  
 
41,709
 
Subordinated notes and debentures
6
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
11,304
 
  
 
11,304
 
  
 
11,230
 
Term asset backed securitization
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
543
 
  
 
543
 
  
 
635
 
  
 
690
 
  
 
1,868
 
  
 
1,809
 
Other
7
  
 
22,177
 
  
 
3,465
 
  
 
1,810
 
  
 
960
 
  
 
28,412
 
  
 
835
 
  
 
1,399
 
  
 
30,646
 
  
 
26,770
 
Total
  
$
55,785
 
  
$
49,289
 
  
$
48,531
 
  
$
42,585
 
  
$
196,190
 
  
$
28,135
 
  
$
80,205
 
  
$
304,530
 
  
$
281,986
 
Of which:
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Secured
  
$
1,066
 
  
$
3,216
 
  
$
4,914
 
  
$
5,221
 
  
$
14,417
 
  
$
11,605
 
  
$
27,432
 
  
$
53,454
 
  
$
55,670
 
Unsecured
  
 
54,719
 
  
 
46,073
 
  
 
43,617
 
  
 
37,364
 
  
 
181,773
 
  
 
16,530
 
  
 
52,773
 
  
 
251,076
 
  
 
226,316
 
Total
  
$
    55,785
 
  
$
    49,289
 
  
$
    48,531
 
  
$
    42,585
 
  
$
    196,190
 
  
$
    28,135
 
  
$
    80,205
 
  
$
    304,530
 
  
$
    281,986
 
 
1
 
Excludes Bankers’ acceptances, which are disclosed in the Remaining Contractual Maturity table within the “Managing Risk” section of this document.
2
 
Includes fixed-term deposits with banks.
3
 
Includes mortgaged backed securities issued to external investors and Wholesale Banking residential mortgage trading business.
4
 
Includes a) senior debt issued prior to September 23, 2018; and b) senior debt issued on or after September 23, 2018 which is excluded from the bank recapitalization
“bail-in”
regime, including debt with an original
term-to-maturity
of less than 400 days.
5
 
Comprised of senior debt subject to conversion under the bank recapitalization
“bail-in”
regime. Excludes $1.3 billion of structured notes subject to conversion under the
“bail-in”
regime (October 31, 2021 – $1.4 billion).
6
 
Subordinated notes and debentures are not considered wholesale funding as they may be raised primarily for capital management purposes.
7
Includes fixed-term deposits from
non-bank
institutions (unsecured) of $19.1 billion (October 31, 2021 – $14.6 billion) and the remaining are non-term deposits.
Excluding the Wholesale Banking residential mortgage trading business, the Bank’s total mortgage-backed securities issued to external investors for the three months ended January 31, 2022 was $0.4 billion (three months ended January 31, 2021 – $0.5 billion) and other asset-backed securities issued for the three months ended January 31, 2022 was nil (three months ended January 31, 2021 – nil). The Bank also issued $7.8 billion of unsecured medium-term notes for the three months ended January 31, 2022 (three months ended January 31, 2021 – $5.6 billion).
REGULATORY DEVELOPMENTS CONCERNING LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING
In January 2022, OSFI published finalized updates to its Liquidity Adequacy Requirements guideline, following a public consultation period that began in March 2021. The primary changes to the LAR involve enhancements to the NCCF supervisory tool to improve the risk sensitivity to the metric. Significant changes include the addition of contingencies for undrawn loan commitments, changes to certain loan cash inflows, and the adjustment of deposit runoff factors. The effective date of the changes will be April 2023.
In January 2022, OSFI published an updated Pillar 3 Disclosure Guideline, which covers liquidity disclosures among other topics. The guideline provides OSFI’s updated expectations for the domestic implementation of Basel’s Pillar 3 Framework. The guideline will not materially impact the Bank’s existing liquidity disclosures, but will contribute to improved consistency and comparability of disclosures across jurisdictions. The effective date of the changes will be in the second quarter of 2023.
 
MATURITY ANALYSIS OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES, AND
OFF-BALANCE
SHEET COMMITMENTS
The following table summarizes
on-balance
sheet and
off-balance
sheet categories by remaining contractual maturity.
Off-balance
sheet commitments include contractual obligations to make future payments on certain lease-related commitments, certain purchase obligations, and other liabilities. The values of credit instruments reported in the following table represent the maximum amount of additional credit that the Bank could be obligated to extend should such instruments be fully drawn or utilized. Since a significant portion of guarantees and commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total of the contractual amounts is not representative of expected future liquidity requirements. These contractual obligations have an impact on the Bank’s short-term and long-term liquidity and capital resource needs.
The maturity analysis presented does not depict the degree of the Bank’s maturity transformation or the Bank’s exposure to interest rate and liquidity risk. The Bank ensures that assets are appropriately funded to protect against borrowing cost volatility and potential reductions to funding market availability. The Bank utilizes stable
non-maturity
deposits (chequing and savings accounts) and term deposits as the primary source of long-term funding for the Bank’s
non-trading
assets including personal and business term loans and the stable balance of revolving lines of credit. The Bank issues long-term funding based primarily on the projected net growth of
non-trading
assets and raises short term funding primarily to finance trading assets. The liquidity of trading assets under stressed market conditions is considered when determining the appropriate term of the funding.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 39  

Table of Contents
TABLE 43: REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
As at
 
  
 
January 31, 2022
 
  
  
Less than 1
month
 
  
1 to 3
months
 
  
3 to 6
months
 
  
6 to 9
months
 
  
9 months
to 1 year
 
  
Over 1 to 2
years
 
  
Over 2 to 5
years
 
  
Over 5
years
 
  
No specific
maturity
 
 
Total
 
Assets
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
  
$
7,001
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
 
  
$
7,001
 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
  
 
162,065
 
  
 
421
 
  
 
154
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
2,569
 
  
 
165,209
 
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
  
 
3,139
 
  
 
3,007
 
  
 
3,074
 
  
 
2,708
 
  
 
4,331
 
  
 
12,207
 
  
 
24,171
 
  
 
24,049
 
  
 
76,062
 
  
 
152,748
 
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
168
 
  
 
342
 
  
 
1,151
 
  
 
24
 
  
 
128
 
  
 
1,971
 
  
 
3,442
 
  
 
1,713
 
  
 
986
 
  
 
9,925
 
Derivatives
  
 
7,969
 
  
 
8,980
 
  
 
4,192
 
  
 
2,446
 
  
 
4,266
 
  
 
5,921
 
  
 
10,182
 
  
 
10,563
 
  
 
 
  
 
54,519
 
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
642
 
  
 
329
 
  
 
123
 
  
 
101
 
  
 
128
 
  
 
355
 
  
 
1,476
 
  
 
1,608
 
  
 
 
  
 
4,762
 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
  
 
3,086
 
  
 
8,997
 
  
 
3,855
 
  
 
3,261
 
  
 
2,329
 
  
 
3,816
 
  
 
21,639
 
  
 
23,803
 
  
 
4,733
 
  
 
75,519
 
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
  
 
2,387
 
  
 
8,321
 
  
 
4,913
 
  
 
4,770
 
  
 
5,017
 
  
 
28,172
 
  
 
85,123
 
  
 
157,245
 
  
 
(2
)   
 
295,946
 
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
2
  
 
104,838
 
  
 
26,771
 
  
 
20,208
 
  
 
9,939
 
  
 
3,701
 
  
 
119
 
  
 
242
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
165,818
 
Loans
                                                                                         
Residential mortgages
  
 
2,339
 
  
 
6,822
 
  
 
8,899
 
  
 
7,233
 
  
 
2,150
 
  
 
31,535
 
  
 
173,484
 
  
 
42,567
 
  
 
 
  
 
275,029
 
Consumer instalment and other personal
  
 
565
 
  
 
1,232
 
  
 
3,412
 
  
 
2,915
 
  
 
2,409
 
  
 
14,085
 
  
 
83,733
 
  
 
27,288
 
  
 
56,357
 
  
 
191,996
 
Credit card
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
31,441
 
  
 
31,441
 
                     
Business and government
  
 
24,630
 
  
 
5,659
 
  
 
11,036
 
  
 
9,426
 
  
 
8,063
 
  
 
24,470
 
  
 
74,541
 
  
 
63,412
 
  
 
30,151
 
  
 
251,388
 
                     
Total loans
  
 
27,534
 
  
 
13,713
 
  
 
23,347
 
  
 
19,574
 
  
 
12,622
 
  
 
70,090
 
  
 
331,758
 
  
 
133,267
 
  
 
117,949
 
  
 
749,854
 
                     
Allowance for loan losses
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
    
 
(6,239
)   
 
(6,239
)
                     
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
  
 
27,534
 
  
 
13,713
 
  
 
23,347
 
  
 
19,574
 
  
 
12,622
 
  
 
70,090
 
  
 
331,758
 
  
 
133,267
 
  
 
111,710
 
  
 
743,615
 
Customers’ liability under acceptances
  
 
14,680
 
  
 
2,639
 
  
 
17
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
6
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
17,346
 
Investment in Schwab
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
11,186
 
  
 
11,186
 
Goodwill
3
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
16,615
 
  
 
16,615
 
Other intangibles
3
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
2,152
 
  
 
2,152
 
Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets
3
  
 
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
34
 
  
 
457
 
  
 
3,700
 
  
 
5,087
 
  
 
9,289
 
Deferred tax assets
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
2,228
 
  
 
2,228
 
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
  
 
24,779
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
24,779
 
                     
Other assets
  
 
3,154
 
  
 
4,872
 
  
 
289
 
  
 
89
 
  
 
285
 
  
 
89
 
  
 
129
 
  
 
83
 
  
 
10,941
 
  
 
19,931
 
Total assets
  
$
361,442
 
  
$
78,395
 
  
$
61,323
 
  
$
42,920
 
  
$
32,817
 
  
$
122,774
 
  
$
478,619
 
  
$
356,031
 
  
$
244,267
 
  
$
1,778,588
 
Liabilities
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Trading deposits
  
$
700
 
  
$
2,275
 
  
$
5,013
 
  
$
1,706
 
  
$
3,474
 
  
$
2,911
 
  
$
3,413
 
  
$
1,057
 
  
$
 
  
$
20,549
 
Derivatives
  
 
7,183
 
  
 
8,100
 
  
 
4,121
 
  
 
2,289
 
  
 
3,635
 
  
 
5,719
 
  
 
9,619
 
  
 
11,226
 
  
 
 
  
 
51,892
 
Securitization liabilities at fair value
  
 
 
  
 
1,014
 
  
 
518
 
  
 
301
 
  
 
1,216
 
  
 
2,030
 
  
 
5,708
 
  
 
2,545
 
  
 
 
  
 
13,332
 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
28,185
 
  
 
39,297
 
  
 
39,229
 
  
 
19,161
 
  
 
9,050
 
  
 
212
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
5
 
  
 
10
 
  
 
135,150
 
Deposits
4,5
  
 
                                                                         
 
Personal
  
 
5,907
 
  
 
9,044
 
  
 
6,893
 
  
 
5,744
 
  
 
8,743
 
  
 
7,307
 
  
 
7,535
 
  
 
28
 
  
 
601,545
 
  
 
652,746
 
Banks
  
 
8,582
 
  
 
651
 
  
 
88
 
  
 
11
 
  
 
24
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
14,919
 
  
 
24,282
 
                     
Business and government
  
 
18,797
 
  
 
12,890
 
  
 
7,053
 
  
 
1,224
 
  
 
10,325
 
  
 
22,120
 
  
 
44,265
 
  
 
6,425
 
  
 
359,411
 
  
 
482,510
 
Total deposits
  
 
33,286
 
  
 
22,585
 
  
 
14,034
 
  
 
6,979
 
  
 
19,092
 
  
 
29,428
 
  
 
51,802
 
  
 
6,457
 
  
 
975,875
 
  
 
1,159,538
 
Acceptances
  
 
14,680
 
  
 
2,639
 
  
 
17
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
6
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
17,346
 
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
  
 
1,063
 
  
 
4,154
 
  
 
3,767
 
  
 
485
 
  
 
562
 
  
 
5,254
 
  
 
15,205
 
  
 
14,335
 
  
 
2,605
 
  
 
47,430
 
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
2
  
 
124,318
 
  
 
14,269
 
  
 
5,567
 
  
 
276
 
  
 
985
 
  
 
17
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
145,432
 
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
  
 
 
  
 
418
 
  
 
470
 
  
 
402
 
  
 
590
 
  
 
3,385
 
  
 
6,855
 
  
 
3,160
 
  
 
 
  
 
15,280
 
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
  
 
26,895
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
26,895
 
Insurance-related liabilities
  
 
161
 
  
 
278
 
  
 
412
 
  
 
412
 
  
 
432
 
  
 
1,006
 
  
 
1,694
 
  
 
877
 
  
 
2,473
 
  
 
7,745
 
Other liabilities
  
 
6,646
 
  
 
1,593
 
  
 
361
 
  
 
787
 
  
 
1,285
 
  
 
1,059
 
  
 
1,958
 
  
 
4,806
 
  
 
6,223
 
  
 
24,718
 
                     
Subordinated notes and debentures
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
200
 
  
 
11,104
 
  
 
 
  
 
11,304
 
                     
Equity
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
101,977
 
  
 
101,977
 
Total liabilities and equity
  
$
243,117
 
  
$
96,622
 
  
$
73,509
 
  
$
32,802
 
  
$
40,327
 
  
$
51,021
 
  
$
96,455
 
  
$
55,572
 
  
$
1,089,163
 
  
$
1,778,588
 
Off-balance
sheet commitments
                                                                                         
Credit and liquidity commitments
6,7
  
$
14,043
 
  
$
21,924
 
  
$
26,697
 
  
$
14,732
 
  
$
16,885
 
  
$
39,665
 
  
$
121,118
 
  
$
3,374
 
  
$
1,363
 
  
$
259,801
 
Other commitments
8
  
 
83
 
  
 
135
 
  
 
268
 
  
 
176
 
  
 
251
 
  
 
570
 
  
 
1,302
 
  
 
441
 
  
 
 
  
 
3,226
 
                     
Unconsolidated structured entity commitments
  
 
 
  
 
20
 
  
 
780
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,302
 
  
 
401
 
  
 
459
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
2,962
 
Total
off-balance
sheet commitments
  
$
14,126
 
  
$
22,079
 
  
$
27,745
 
  
$
14,908
 
  
$
18,438
 
  
$
40,636
 
  
$
122,879
 
  
$
3,815
 
  
$
1,363
 
  
$
265,989
 
1
Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.
2
Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.
3
Certain
non-financial
assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.
4
As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is
non-specific
and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.
5
Includes $23 billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $2 billion in ‘over 1 month to 3 months’, $4 billion in ‘over 3 months to 6 months’, $3 billion in ‘over 9 months to 1 year’, $6 billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $6 billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $2 billion in ‘over 5 years’
6
Includes $319 million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.
7
Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
8
Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related payments.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 40  

Table of Contents
TABLE 43:  REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITY
(continued)
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
As at
 
     October 31, 2021  
      Less than 1
month
     1 to 3
months
     3 to 6
months
     6 to 9
months
     9 months
to 1 year
     Over 1 to 2
years
     Over 2 to 5
years
     Over 5
years
     No specific
maturity
    Total  
Assets
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
   $ 5,931      $      $      $      $      $      $      $      $     $ 5,931  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
     158,039        373        185                                           1,365       159,962  
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
     2,020        4,382        5,059        2,275        2,874        12,293        21,299        23,119        74,269       147,590  
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
     58        3        543        1,250        53        745        3,803        1,931        1,004       9,390  
Derivatives
     6,146        9,393        5,289        2,885        1,818        7,172        10,895        10,829              54,427  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
     441        311        187        167        363        851        624        1,620              4,564  
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
     1,030        6,532        11,881        3,381        2,914        4,089        21,983        22,658        4,598       79,066  
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
     1,235        6,567        8,180        4,889        4,030        27,819        79,375        136,846        (2     268,939  
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
2
     92,356        30,580        22,332        14,191        7,441        140        244                     167,284  
Loans
                                                                                        
Residential mortgages
     930        2,389        5,050        10,061        10,077        34,004        166,855        38,974              268,340  
Consumer instalment and other personal
     641        987        2,029        4,049        3,254        14,333        81,413        27,126        56,032       189,864  
Credit card
                                                             30,738       30,738  
                     
Business and government
     27,691        5,390        6,707        10,533        8,503        23,332        71,025        61,647        25,242       240,070  
                     
Total loans
     29,262        8,766        13,786        24,643        21,834        71,669        319,293        127,747        112,012       729,012  
                     
Allowance for loan losses
                                                             (6,390     (6,390
                     
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
     29,262        8,766        13,786        24,643        21,834        71,669        319,293        127,747        105,622       722,622  
Customers’ liability under acceptances
     16,039        2,327        76        2        4                                   18,448  
Investment in Schwab
                                                             11,112       11,112  
Goodwill
3
                                                             16,232       16,232  
Other intangibles
3
                                                             2,123       2,123  
Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets
3
            3        10        4        4        19        466        3,664        5,011       9,181  
Deferred tax assets
                                                             2,265       2,265  
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
     32,357                                                               32,357  
                     
Other assets
     3,100        1,049        2,204        159        150        74        112        73        10,258       17,179  
Total assets
   $   348,014      $   70,286      $   69,732      $   53,846      $   41,485      $   124,871      $   458,094      $   328,487      $ 233,857     $   1,728,672  
Liabilities
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading deposits
   $ 1,697      $ 5,373      $ 4,867      $ 2,953      $ 1,196      $ 2,135      $ 3,516      $ 1,154      $     $ 22,891  
Derivatives
     7,387        9,392        4,581        2,969        2,244        7,403        10,792        12,354              57,122  
Securitization liabilities at fair value
            538        1,013        514        301        2,814        5,737        2,588              13,505  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
     23,923        12,526        33,712        28,017        14,678        1,127        1        4              113,988  
Deposits
4,5
                                                                                        
Personal
     5,799        9,750        8,491        5,999        6,148        7,611        7,254        29        582,417       633,498  
Banks
     8,903        338        135        25               2        2        4        11,508       20,917  
                     
Business and government
     15,795        12,080        8,268        5,433        1,311        28,880        37,255        6,079        355,609       470,710  
                     
Total deposits
     30,497        22,168        16,894        11,457        7,459        36,493        44,511        6,112        949,534       1,125,125  
Acceptances
     16,039        2,327        76        2        4                                   18,448  
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
     1,096        729        1,753        1,648        432        4,574        12,640        17,505        2,007       42,384  
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
2
     120,938        13,904        7,255        1,700        272        28                            144,097  
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
            344        414        475        403        3,448        7,043        3,135              15,262  
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
     28,993                                                               28,993  
Insurance-related liabilities
     158        273        405        405        425        982        1,673        872        2,483       7,676  
Other liabilities
     9,008        3,106        925        228        767        1,522        1,796        4,815        5,966       28,133  
                     
Subordinated notes and debentures
                                               200        11,030              11,230  
Equity
                                                             99,818       99,818  
Total liabilities and equity
   $ 239,736      $ 70,680      $ 71,895      $ 50,368      $ 28,181      $ 60,526      $ 87,909      $ 59,569      $   1,059,808     $ 1,728,672  
Off-balance
sheet commitments
                                                                                        
Credit and liquidity commitments
6,7
   $ 14,788      $ 24,189      $ 23,482      $ 19,887      $ 15,616      $ 38,639      $ 115,624      $ 3,789      $ 1,327     $ 257,341  
Other commitments
8
     59        170        185        244        170        591        1,303        541              3,263  
                     
Unconsolidated structured entity commitments
            859        20        557               127        510                     2,073  
Total
off-balance
sheet commitments
   $ 14,847      $ 25,218      $ 23,687      $ 20,688      $ 15,786      $ 39,357      $ 117,437      $ 4,330      $ 1,327     $ 262,677  
 
1
Amount has been recorded according to the remaining contractual maturity of the underlying security.
2
Certain contracts considered short-term are presented in ‘less than 1 month’ category.
3
Certain
non-financial
assets have been recorded as having ‘no specific maturity’.
4
As the timing of demand deposits and notice deposits is
non-specific
and callable by the depositor, obligations have been included as having ‘no specific maturity’.
5
Includes $25 billion of covered bonds with remaining contractual maturities of $2 billion in ‘over 1 month to 3 months’, $2 billion in ‘over 3 months to 6 months’, $4 billion in ‘over 6 months to 9 months’, $8 billion in ‘over 1 to 2 years’, $7 billion in ‘over 2 to 5 years’, and $2 billion in ‘over 5 years’.
6
Includes $326 million in commitments to extend credit to private equity investments.
7
Commitments to extend credit exclude personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
8
Includes various purchase commitments as well as commitments for leases not yet commenced, and lease-related payments.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 4
1
 

Table of Contents
 
SECURITIZATION AND
OFF-BALANCE
SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Bank enters into securitization and
off-balance
sheet arrangements in the normal course of operations. The Bank is involved with structured entities (SEs) that it sponsors, as well as entities sponsored by third parties. Refer to “Securitization and
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements” section, Note 9: Transfers of Financial Assets and Note 10: Structured Entities of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Report and “Transfers of Financial Assets Qualifying for Derecognition” section of Note 6 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for further details. There have been no significant changes to the Bank’s securitization and
off-balance
sheet arrangements during the quarter ended January 31, 2022.
Securitization of Bank-Originated Assets
The Bank securitizes residential mortgages, personal loans, credit cards and business and government loans to enhance its liquidity position, to diversify sources of funding, and to optimize the management of the balance sheet.
Residential Mortgage Loans
The Bank securitizes residential mortgage loans through significant consolidated and unconsolidated SEs and Canadian
non-SE
third parties. Residential mortgage loans securitized by the Bank may give rise to full derecognition of the financial assets depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes residential mortgage loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through retained interests.
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal Loans
The Bank securitizes consumer instalment and other personal loans through a consolidated SE. The Bank consolidates the SE as it serves as a financing vehicle for the Bank’s assets, the Bank has power over the key economic decisions of the SE, and the Bank is exposed to the majority of the residual risks of the SE.
Credit Card Loans
The Bank securitizes credit card loans through an SE. The Bank consolidates the SE as it serves as a financing vehicle for the Bank’s assets, the Bank has power over the key economic decisions of the SE, and the Bank is exposed to the majority of the residual risks of the SE.
Business and Government Loans
The Bank securitizes business and government loans through significant unconsolidated SEs and Canadian
non-SE
third parties. Business and government loans securitized by the Bank may be derecognized from the Bank’s balance sheet depending on the individual arrangement of each transaction. In instances where the Bank fully derecognizes business and government loans, the Bank may be exposed to the risks of transferred loans through retained interests. There are no ECLs on the retained interests of the securitized business and government loans as the mortgages are all government insured.
Securitization of Third Party-Originated Assets
Significant Unconsolidated Special Purpose Entities
The Bank securitizes third party-originated assets through Bank-sponsored SEs, including its Canadian multi-seller conduits which are not consolidated. These Canadian multi-seller conduits securitize Canadian originated third-party assets. The Bank administers these multi-seller conduits and provides liquidity facilities as well as securities distribution services; it may also provide credit enhancements. TD’s maximum potential exposure to loss due to its ownership interest in commercial paper and through the provision of liquidity facilities for multi-seller conduits was $10.8 billion as at January 31, 2022 (October 31, 2021 – $10.5 billion). In addition, as at January 31, 2022, the Bank had committed to provide $3.0 billion in liquidity facilities that can be used to support future asset-backed commercial paper in the purchase of deal-specific assets (October 31, 2021 – $2.1 billion).
Off-Balance
Sheet Exposure to Third Party-Sponsored Conduits
The Bank has
off-balance
sheet exposure to third party-sponsored conduits arising from providing liquidity facilities and funding commitments of $3.1 billion as at January 31, 2022 (October 31, 2021 – $2.5 billion). The assets within these conduits are comprised of individual notes backed by automotive loan receivables, credit card receivables, equipment receivables and trade receivables.
On-balance
sheet exposure to third party-sponsored conduits have been included in the financial statements.
 
 
ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The Bank’s unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. For details of the Bank’s accounting policies under IFRS, refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. For details of the Bank’s significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions under IFRS, refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s first quarter 2022 Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
There were no new accounting policies that have been adopted by the Bank for the three months ended January 31, 2022.
ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies are essential to understanding its results of operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank’s policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The ECL model requires the application of estimates and judgment in the assessment of the current and forward-looking economic environment. As a result of
COVID-19,
there is a higher degree of uncertainty in determining reasonable and supportable forward-looking information. Management exercises expert credit judgment in assessing if an exposure has experienced significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and in determining the amount of ECLs at each reporting date, by considering reasonable and supportable information that is not already included in the quantitative models. The current environment is subject to rapid change and to the extent that certain effects of
COVID-19
are not fully incorporated into the model calculations, increased temporary quantitative and qualitative adjustments have been applied. This includes borrower credit scores, industry and geography specific
COVID-19
impacts, payment support initiatives
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 42  

Table of Contents
introduced by the Bank and governments, and the persistence of the economic shutdown, the effects of which are not yet fully reflected in the quantitative models. The Bank has performed certain additional qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments of significant increase in credit risk.
Interest Rate Benchmark Reform
Effective December 31, 2021, the publication of London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) settings has ceased for all sterling, Japanese yen, Swiss franc, and euro settings as well as the
1-week
and
2-month
US LIBOR settings. The Bank continues to progress on its transition plan for the overnight,
one-month,
three-month,
six-month
and
12-month
US LIBOR settings which will cease to be published immediately after June 30, 2023.
On January 31, 2022, Refinitiv Benchmark Services (UK) Ltd. (RBSL), the administrator of the Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (CDOR), published a public consultation regarding the potential cessation of CDOR. Following the consultation close on February 28, 2022, RBSL is expected to publish an outcome statement on the consultation. Pending any decision yet to be taken by RBSL, the outcome statement may include an announcement of the cessation of CDOR together with an effective date for such cessation. The consultation followed the publication of a whitepaper regarding the future of CDOR by the Canadian Alternative Reference Rate Working Group (CARR) on December 16, 2021, which recommended RBSL cease publication of all CDOR’s remaining tenors after June 30, 2024. CARR emphasized that the decision to cease CDOR ultimately lies with RBSL as the administrator of CDOR.
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The following standard has been issued, but is not yet effective on the date of issuance of the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of applying the standard on the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and will adopt the standard when it becomes effective.
Insurance Contracts
The IASB issued IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
(IFRS 17) which replaces the guidance in IFRS 4,
Insurance Contracts
and establishes principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts. Insurance contracts are aggregated into groups which are measured at the risk adjusted present value of cash flows in fulfilling the contracts. Revenue is recognized as insurance contract services are provided over the coverage period. Losses are recognized immediately if the contract group is expected to be onerous.
The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, which will be November 1, 2023 for the Bank. OSFI’s related Advisory precludes early adoption. The standard will be applied retrospectively with restatement of comparatives unless impracticable.
The Bank is proceeding with the implementation efforts accordingly.
 
 
CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
During the most recent interim period, there have been no changes in the Bank’s policies and procedures and other processes that comprise its internal control over financial reporting, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 43  

Table of Contents
GLOSSARY
Financial and Banking Terms
 
Adjusted Results:
Non-GAAP
financial measures used to assess each of the Bank’s businesses and to measure the Bank’s overall performance. To arrive at adjusted results, the Bank adjusts for “items of note”, from reported results. The items of note relate to items which management does not believe are indicative of underlying business performance.
Allowance for Credit Losses:
Represent expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets, including any
off-balance
sheet exposures, at the balance sheet date. Allowance for credit losses consists of Stage 3 allowance for impaired financial assets and Stage 2 and Stage 1 allowance for performing financial assets and
off-balance
sheet instruments. The allowance is increased by the provision for credit losses, decreased by write-offs net of recoveries and disposals, and impacted by foreign exchange.
Amortized Cost:
The amount at which a financial asset or financial liability is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization, using EIRM, of any differences between the initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment.
Assets under Administration (AUA):
Assets that are beneficially owned by customers where the Bank provides services of an administrative nature, such as the collection of investment income and the placing of trades on behalf of the clients (where the client has made his or her own investment selection). The majority of these assets are not reported on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Assets under Management (AUM):
Assets that are beneficially owned by customers, managed by the Bank, where the Bank has discretion to make investment selections on behalf of the client (in accordance with an investment policy). In addition to the TD family of mutual funds, the Bank manages assets on behalf of individuals, pension funds, corporations, institutions, endowments and foundations. These assets are not reported on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Some assets under management that are also administered by the Bank are included in assets under administration.
Asset-Backed Commercial Paper (ABCP):
A form of commercial paper that is collateralized by other financial assets. Institutional investors usually purchase such instruments in order to diversify their assets and generate short-term gains.
Asset-Backed Securities (ABS):
A security whose value and income payments are derived from and collateralized (or “backed”) by a specified pool of underlying assets.
Average Common Equity:
Average common equity for the business segments reflects the average allocated capital. The Bank’s methodology for allocating capital to its business segments is largely aligned with the common equity capital requirements under Basel III.
Average Interest
-Earning
Assets:
A
non-GAAP
financial measure that depicts the Bank’s financial position, and is calculated as the average carrying value of deposits with banks, loans and securities based on daily balances for the period ending October 31 in each fiscal year.
Basic Earnings per Share (EPS)
: A performance measure calculated by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Adjusted basic EPS is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.
Basis Points (bps):
A unit equal to 1/100 of 1%. Thus, a 1% change is equal to 100 basis points.
Book Value per Share:
A measure calculated by dividing common shareholders’ equity by number of common shares at the end of the period.
Carrying Value:
The value at which an asset or liability is carried at on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO):
They are collateralized debt obligations consisting of mortgage-backed securities that are separated and issued as different classes of mortgage pass-through securities with different terms, interest rates, and risks. CMOs by private issuers are collectively referred to as
non-agency
CMOs.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital:
This is a primary Basel III capital measure comprised mainly of common equity, retained earnings and qualifying
non-controlling
interest in subsidiaries. Regulatory deductions made to arrive at the CET1 Capital include goodwill and intangibles, unconsolidated investments in banking, financial, and insurance entities, deferred tax assets, defined benefit pension fund assets, and shortfalls in allowances.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) Capital Ratio:
CET1 Capital ratio represents the predominant measure of capital adequacy under Basel III and equals CET1 Capital divided by RWA.
Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR):
A measure of growth over multiple time periods from the initial investment value to the ending investment value assuming that the investment has been compounding over the time period.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA):
CVA represents a capital charge that measures credit risk due to default of derivative counterparties. This charge requires banks to capitalize for the potential changes in counterparty credit spread for the derivative portfolios.
Diluted EPS
: A performance measure calculated by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding adjusting for the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares. Adjusted diluted EPS is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.
Dividend Payout Ratio
: A ratio represents the percentage of Bank’s earnings being paid to common shareholders in the form of dividends and is calculated by dividing common dividends by net income available to common shareholders. Adjusted dividend payout ratio is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.
Dividend Yield:
A ratio calculated as the dividend per common share for the year divided by the daily average closing stock price during the year.
Effective Income Tax Rate:
A rate and performance indicator calculated by dividing the provision for income taxes as a percentage of net income before taxes. Adjusted effective income tax rate is calculated in the same manner using adjusted results.
Effective Interest Rate (EIR):
The rate that discounts expected future cash flows for the expected life of the financial instrument to its carrying value. The calculation takes into account the contractual interest rate, along with any fees or incremental costs that are directly attributable to the instrument and all other premiums or discounts.
Effective Interest Rate Method (EIRM):
A technique for calculating the actual interest rate in a period based on the amount of a financial instrument’s book value at the beginning of the accounting period. Under EIRM, the
effective interest rate
, which is a key component of the calculation, discounts the expected future cash inflows and outflows expected over the life of a financial instrument.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 44  

Table of Contents
Efficiency Ratio:
The efficiency ratio measures operating efficiency and is calculated by taking the
non-interest
expenses as a percentage of total revenue. A lower ratio indicates a more efficient business operation. Adjusted efficiency ratio is calculated in the same manner using adjusted
non-interest
expenses and total revenue.
Enhanced Disclosure Task Force (EDTF):
Established by the Financial Stability Board in May 2012, comprised of banks, analysts, investors, and auditors, with the goal of enhancing the risk disclosures of banks and other financial institutions.
Expected Credit Losses (ECLs):
ECLs are the probability-weighted present value of expected cash shortfalls over the remaining expected life of the financial instrument and considers reasonable and supportable information about past events, current conditions, and forecasts of future events and economic conditions that impact the Bank’s credit risk assessment.
Fair Value:
The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, under current market conditions.
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI):
Under IFRS 9, if the asset passes the contractual cash flows test (named SPPI), the business model assessment determines how the instrument is classified. If the instrument is being held to collect contractual cash flows, that is, if it is not expected to be sold, it is measured as amortized cost. If the business model for the instrument is to both collect contractual cash flows and potentially sell the asset, it is measured at FVOCI.
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL):
Under IFRS 9, the classification is dependent on two tests, a contractual cash flow test (named SPPI) and a business model assessment. Unless the asset meets the requirements of both tests, it is measured at fair value with all changes in fair value reported in profit or loss.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC):
A U.S. government corporation which provides deposit insurance guaranteeing the safety of a depositor’s accounts in member banks. The FDIC also examines and supervises certain financial institutions for safety and soundness, performs certain consumer-protection functions, and manages banks in receiverships (failed banks).
Forward Contracts:
Over-the-counter
contracts between two parties that oblige one party to the contract to buy and the other party to sell an asset for a fixed price at a future date.
Futures:
Exchange-traded contracts to buy or sell a security at a predetermined price on a specified future date.
Hedging:
A risk management technique intended to mitigate the Bank’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, or other market factors. The elimination or reduction of such exposure is accomplished by engaging in capital markets activities to establish offsetting positions.
Impaired Loans:
Loans where, in management’s opinion, there has been a deterioration of credit quality to the extent that the Bank no longer has reasonable assurance as to the timely collection of the full amount of principal and interest.
Loss Given Default (LGD):
It is the amount of the loss the Bank would likely incur when a borrower defaults on a loan, which is expressed as a percentage of exposure at default.
Mark-to-Market
(MTM):
A valuation that reflects current market rates as at the balance sheet date for financial instruments that are carried at fair value.
Master Netting Agreements:
Legal agreements between two parties that have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provide for the net settlement of all contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default or termination of any one contract.
Net Corporate Expenses:
Non-interest
expenses related to corporate service and control groups which are not allocated to a business segment.
Net Interest Margin:
A
non-GAAP
ratio calculated as net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets to measure performance. This metric is an indicator of the profitability of the Bank’s earning assets less the cost of funding.
Non-Viability
Contingent Capital (NVCC):
Instruments (preferred shares and subordinated debt) that contain a feature or a provision that allows the financial institution to either permanently convert these instruments into common shares or fully write-down the instrument, in the event that the institution is no longer viable.
Notional:
A reference amount on which payments for derivative financial instruments are based.
Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI):
The regulator of Canadian federally chartered financial institutions and federally administered pension plans.
Options:
Contracts in which the writer of the option grants the buyer the future right, but not the obligation, to buy or to sell a security, exchange rate, interest rate, or other financial instrument or commodity at a predetermined price at or by a specified future date.
Price-Earnings Ratio
: A ratio calculated by dividing the closing share price by EPS based on a trailing four quarters to indicate market performance. Adjusted price-earnings ratio is calculated in the same manner using adjusted EPS.
Probability of Default (PD):
It is the likelihood that a borrower will not be able to meet its scheduled repayments.
Provision for Credit Losses (PCL):
Amount added to the allowance for credit losses to bring it to a level that management considers adequate to reflect expected credit-related losses on its portfolio.
Return on Common Equity (ROE):
The consolidated Bank ROE is calculated as net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average common shareholders’ equity, utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity. ROE for the business segments is calculated as the segment net income attributable to common shareholders as a percentage of average allocated capital. Adjusted ROE is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income.
Return on Risk-weighted Assets:
Net income available to common shareholders as a percentage of average risk-weighted assets.
Return on Tangible Common Equity (ROTCE):
A
non-GAAP
financial measure calculated as reported net income available to common shareholders after adjusting for the
after-tax
amortization of acquired intangibles, which are treated as an item of note, as a percentage of average Tangible common equity. Adjusted ROTCE is calculated in the same manner using adjusted net income. Both measures can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
Risk-Weighted Assets (RWA):
Assets calculated by applying a regulatory risk-weight factor to on and
off-balance
sheet exposures. The risk-weight factors are established by the OSFI to convert on and
off-balance
sheet exposures to a comparable risk level.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 45  

Table of Contents
Securitization:
The process by which financial assets, mainly loans, are transferred to structures, which normally issue a series of asset-backed securities to investors to fund the purchase of loans.
Solely Payments of Principal and Interest (SPPI):
IFRS 9 requires that the following criteria be met in order for a financial instrument to be classified at amortized cost:
    The entity’s business model relates to managing financial assets (such as bank trading activity), and, as such, an asset is held with the intention of collecting its contractual cash flows; and
    An asset’s contractual cash flows represent SPPI.
Swaps:
Contracts that involve the exchange of fixed and floating interest rate payment obligations and currencies on a notional principal for a specified period of time.
Tangible common equity (TCE):
A
non-GAAP
financial measure calculated as common shareholders’ equity less goodwill, imputed goodwill, and intangibles on an investment in Schwab and TD Ameritrade and other acquired intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities. It can be utilized in assessing the Bank’s use of equity.
Taxable Equivalent Basis (TEB):
A calculation method (not defined in GAAP) that increases revenues and the provision for income taxes on certain
tax-exempt
securities to an equivalent
before-tax
basis to facilitate comparison of net interest income from both taxable and
tax-exempt
sources.
Tier 1 Capital Ratio:
Tier 1 Capital represents the more permanent forms of capital, consisting primarily of common shareholders’ equity, retained earnings, preferred shares and innovative instruments. Tier 1 Capital ratio is calculated as Tier 1 Capital divided by RWA.
Total Capital Ratio:
Total Capital is defined as the total of net Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. Total Capital ratio is calculated as Total Capital divided by RWA.
Total Shareholder Return (TSR):
The change in market price plus dividends paid during the year as a percentage of the prior year’s closing market price per common share.
Trading-Related Revenue:
A
non-GAAP
financial measure that is the total of trading income (loss), net interest income on trading positions, and income from financial instruments designated at FVTPL that are managed within a trading portfolio. Trading-related revenue (TEB) in the Wholesale Banking segment, which is part of the total Bank’s trading-related revenue, is also a
non-GAAP
financial measure and is calculated in the same manner, including TEB adjustments. Both are used for measuring trading performance.
Value-at-Risk
(VaR):
A metric used to monitor and control overall risk levels and to calculate the regulatory capital required for market risk in trading activities. VaR measures the adverse impact that potential changes in market rates and prices could have on the value of a portfolio over a specified period of time.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 46  

Table of Contents
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
INTERIM CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(unaudited)
              
(As at and in millions of Canadian dollars)   
January 31, 2022
    October 31, 2021  
ASSETS
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
  
$
7,001
 
  $ 5,931  
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
  
 
165,209
 
    159,962  
 
  
 
172,210
 
    165,893  
Trading loans, securities, and other
(Note 4)
  
 
152,748
 
    147,590  
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
(Note 4)
  
 
9,925
 
    9,390  
Derivatives
(Note 4)
  
 
54,519
 
    54,427  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
(Note 4)
  
 
4,762
 
    4,564  
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
(Note 4)
  
 
75,519
 
    79,066  
 
  
 
297,473
 
    295,037  
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses (Notes 4, 5)
  
 
295,946
 
    268,939  
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
  
 
165,818
 
    167,284  
Loans (Notes 4, 6)
                
Residential mortgages
  
 
275,029
 
    268,340  
Consumer instalment and other personal
  
 
191,996
 
    189,864  
Credit card
  
 
31,441
 
    30,738  
Business and government
  
 
251,388
 
    240,070  
 
  
 
749,854
 
    729,012  
Allowance for loan losses
(Note 6)
  
 
(6,239
    (6,390
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
  
 
743,615
 
    722,622  
Other
                
Customers’ liability under acceptances
  
 
17,346
 
    18,448  
Investment in Schwab
(Note 7)
  
 
11,186
 
    11,112  
Goodwill
(Note 8)
  
 
16,615
 
    16,232  
Other intangibles
  
 
2,152
 
    2,123  
Land, buildings, equipment, and other depreciable assets
  
 
9,289
 
    9,181  
Deferred tax assets
  
 
2,228
 
    2,265  
Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers, and clients
  
 
24,779
 
    32,357  
Other assets
(Note 9)
  
 
19,931
 
    17,179  
 
  
 
103,526
 
    108,897  
Total assets
  
$
1,778,588
 
  $ 1,728,672  
LIABILITIES
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading deposits
(Notes 4, 10)
  
$
20,549
 
  $ 22,891  
Derivatives
(Note 4)
  
 
51,892
 
    57,122  
Securitization liabilities at fair value
(Note 4)
  
 
13,332
 
    13,505  
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
(Notes 4, 10)
  
 
135,150
 
    113,988  
 
  
 
220,923
 
    207,506  
Deposits (Notes 4, 10)
                
Personal
  
 
652,746
 
    633,498  
Banks
  
 
24,282
 
    20,917  
Business and government
  
 
482,510
 
    470,710  
 
  
 
1,159,538
 
    1,125,125  
Other
                
Acceptances
  
 
17,346
 
    18,448  
Obligations related to securities sold short
(Note 4)
  
 
47,430
 
    42,384  
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
  
 
145,432
 
    144,097  
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
(Note 4)
  
 
15,280
 
    15,262  
Amounts payable to brokers, dealers, and clients
  
 
26,895
 
    28,993  
Insurance-related liabilities
  
 
7,745
 
    7,676  
Other liabilities
(Note 11)
  
 
24,718
 
    28,133  
 
  
 
284,846
 
    284,993  
Subordinated notes and debentures (Note 4)
  
 
11,304
 
    11,230  
Total liabilities
  
 
1,676,611
 
    1,628,854  
EQUITY
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ Equity
                
Common shares
(Note 12)
  
 
23,170
 
    23,066  
Preferred shares and other equity instruments
(Note 12)
  
 
5,700
 
    5,700  
Treasury – common shares
(Note 12)
  
 
(188
    (152
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
(Note 12)
  
 
(6
    (10
Contributed surplus
  
 
148
 
    173  
Retained earnings
  
 
65,621
 
    63,944  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
7,532
 
    7,097  
Total equity
  
 
101,977
 
    99,818  
Total liabilities and equity
  
$
1,778,588
 
  $ 1,728,672  
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
47
 

Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
(unaudited)
               
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
    
January 31
2022
    
January 31
2021
 
Interest income
1
(Note 19)
                 
Loans
  
$
    6,011
 
   $ 6,190  
Securities
                 
Interest
  
 
1,011
 
     949  
Dividends
  
 
431
 
     395  
Deposits with banks
  
 
69
 
     76  
 
  
 
7,522
 
     7,610  
Interest expense (Note 19)
                 
Deposits
  
 
776
 
     1,131  
Securitization liabilities
  
 
102
 
     76  
Subordinated notes and debentures
  
 
97
 
     94  
Other
  
 
245
 
     279  
 
  
 
1,220
 
     1,580  
Net interest income
  
 
6,302
 
     6,030  
Non-interest
income
                 
Investment and securities services
  
 
1,604
 
     1,510  
Credit fees
  
 
400
 
     358  
Trading income (loss)
  
 
114
 
     272  
Service charges
  
 
733
 
     643  
Card services
  
 
707
 
     595  
Insurance revenue
  
 
1,317
 
     1,228  
Other income (loss)
  
 
104
 
     176  
 
  
 
4,979
 
     4,782  
Total revenue
  
 
11,281
 
     10,812  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses (Note 6)
  
 
72
 
     313  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
     780  
Non-interest
expenses
                 
Salaries and employee benefits
  
 
3,278
 
     3,156  
Occupancy, including depreciation
  
 
400
 
     545  
Technology and equipment, including depreciation
  
 
444
 
     404  
Amortization of other intangibles
  
 
160
 
     180  
Communication and marketing
  
 
287
 
     267  
Brokerage-related and
sub-advisory
fees
  
 
113
 
     98  
Professional, advisory and outside services
  
 
440
 
     313  
Other
  
 
845
 
     821  
 
  
 
5,967
 
     5,784  
Income before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab
  
 
4,486
 
     3,935  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
984
 
     827  
Share of net income from investment in Schwab (Note 7)
  
 
231
 
     169  
Net income
  
 
3,733
 
     3,277  
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
  
 
43
 
     65  
Net income available to common shareholders
  
$
    3,690
 
   $ 3,212  
Earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
(Note 16)
                 
Basic
  
$
    2.03
 
   $ 1.77  
Diluted
  
 
2.02
 
     1.77  
Dividends per common share
(Canadian dollars)
  
 
0.89
 
     0.79  
 
1
Includes $6,623 million and $6,788 million, for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021, respectively, which have been calculated based on the effective interest rate method (EIRM).
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
48
 

Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(unaudited)
        
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    January 31
2021
 
Net income
  
$
3,733
 
  $ 3,277  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                
Items that will be subsequently reclassified to net income
                
Net change in unrealized
gain/(loss)
on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
                
Change in unrealized
gain/(loss)
  
 
(257
    293  
Reclassification to earnings of net loss
/
(gain)
  
 
(10
    (21
Changes in allowance for credit losses recognized in earnings
  
 
(2
    1  
Income taxes relating to:
                
Change in unrealized
gain/(loss)
  
 
63
 
    (74
Reclassification to earnings of net loss
/
(gain)
  
 
1
 
    4  
     
 
  
 
(205
    203  
Net change in unrealized foreign currency translation
gain/(loss)
on investments in foreign operations, net of hedging activities
                
Unrealized
gain/(loss)
  
 
2,354
 
    (3,371
Net gain
/
(loss) on hedges
  
 
(1,034
    1,471  
Income taxes relating to:
                
     
Net
gain/(loss)
on hedges
  
 
271
 
    (386
     
 
  
 
1,591
 
    (2,286
Net change in gain
/
(loss) on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
                
Change in
gain/(loss)
  
 
640
 
    (909
Reclassification to earnings of loss
/
(gain)
  
 
(1,452
    555  
Income taxes relating to:
                
Change in
gain/(loss)
  
 
(150
    179  
     
Reclassification to earnings of loss
/
(gain)
  
 
356
 
    (86
     
 
  
 
(606
    (261
     
Share of other comprehensive income (loss) from investment in Schwab
  
 
(397
    (56
Items that will not be subsequently reclassified to net income
                
Actuarial
gain/(loss)
on employee benefit plans
                
Gain
/
(loss)
  
 
377
 
    553  
     
Income taxes
  
 
(99
    (145
     
 
  
 
278
 
    408  
Change in net unrealized
gain/(loss)
on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
                
Change in net unrealized
gain/(loss)
  
 
87
 
    135  
     
Income taxes
  
 
(23
    (37
     
 
  
 
64
 
    98  
G
ain/(loss)
from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
                
Gain
/
(loss)
  
 
(16
    23  
     
Income taxes
  
 
4
 
    (6
     
 
  
 
(12
    17  
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
713
 
    (1,877
Total comprehensive income (loss)
  
$
4,446
 
  $ 1,400  
Attributable to:
                
Common shareholders
  
$
4,403
 
  $ 1,335  
Preferred shareholders and other equity instrument holders
  
 
43
 
    65  
 
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
49
 

Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(unaudited)
              
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31, 2022
    January 31, 2021  
Common shares (Note 12)
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
$
    23,066
 
  $ 22,487  
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options
  
 
76
 
    46  
Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan
  
 
122
 
    112  
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
  
 
(94
     
Balance at end of period
  
 
23,170
 
    22,645  
Preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 12)
                
Balance at beginning and end of period
  
 
5,700
 
    5,650  
Treasury – common shares (Note 12)
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
(152
    (37
Purchase of shares
  
 
(2,936
    (3,145
Sale of shares
  
 
2,900
 
    3,011  
Balance at end of period
  
 
(188
    (171
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments (Note 12)
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
(10
    (4
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
  
 
(29
    (34
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
  
 
33
 
    34  
Balance at end of period
  
 
(6
    (4
Contributed surplus
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
173
 
    121  
Net premium (discount) on sale of treasury instruments
  
 
8
 
    (8
Issuance of stock options, net of options exercised
  
 
3
 
    4  
Other
  
 
(36
    4  
Balance at end of period
  
 
148
 
    121  
Retained earnings
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
63,944
 
    53,845  
Net income attributable to equity instrument holders
  
 
3,733
 
    3,277  
Common dividends
  
 
(1,622
    (1,433
Preferred dividends and distributions on other equity instruments
  
 
(43
    (65
Net premium on repurchase of common shares and redemption of preferred shares and other equity instruments
(Note 12)
  
 
(670
     
Actuarial
gain/(loss)
on employee benefit plans
  
 
278
 
    408  
Realized
gain/(loss)
 
on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income
  
 
1
 
     
Balance at end of period
  
 
65,621
 
    56,032  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
                
Net unrealized
gain/(loss)
on financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income:
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
510
 
    543  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
(203
    202  
Allowance for credit losses
  
 
(2
    1  
Balance at end of period
  
 
305
 
    746  
Net unrealized
gain/(loss)
on equity securities designated at fair value through other comprehensive income:
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
181
 
    (252
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
65
 
    98  
Reclassification of loss
/
(gain) to retained earnings
  
 
(1
     
Balance at end of period
  
 
245
 
    (154
Gain
/
(loss) from changes in fair value due to own credit risk on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss:
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
14
 
    (37
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
(12
    17  
Balance at end of period
  
 
2
 
    (20
Net unrealized foreign currency translation
gain/(loss)
on investments in foreign operations, net of hedging activities:
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
5,230
 
    9,357  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
1,591
 
    (2,286
Balance at end of period
  
 
6,821
 
    7,071  
Net
gain/(loss)
on derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
                
Balance at beginning of period
  
 
1,930
 
    3,826  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
(606
    (261
Balance at end of period
  
 
1,324
 
    3,565  
Share of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) from investment in Schwab
  
 
(1,165
    (56
Total accumulated other comprehensive income
  
 
7,532
 
    11,152  
Total equity
  
$
    101,977
 
  $ 95,425  
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
50
 

Table of Contents

INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 
January 31
2022
 
 
    January 31
2021
 
 
Cash flows from (used in) operating activities
                
Net income
  
$
3,733
 
  $ 3,277  
Adjustments to determine net cash flows from (used in) operating activities
                
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
(Note 6)
  
 
72
 
    313  
Depreciation
  
 
275
 
    399  
Amortization of other intangibles
  
 
160
 
    180  
Net securities
loss/(gain)
(Note 5)
  
 
(10
    (20
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
(Note 7)
  
 
(231
    (169
Deferred taxes
  
 
140
 
    169  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
                
Interest receivable and payable
(Notes 9, 11)
  
 
(53
    (16
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
  
 
1,335
 
    (13,204
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
  
 
1,466
 
    12,986  
Securities sold short
  
 
5,046
 
    6,769  
Trading loans and securities
  
 
(5,158
    (8,033
Loans net of securitization and sales
  
 
(21,034
    11,174  
Deposits
  
 
32,071
 
    31,840  
Derivatives
  
 
(5,322
    4,170  
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
(535
    858  
Financial assets and liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
20,964
 
    (10,096
Securitization liabilities
  
 
(155
    (651
Current taxes
  
 
(2,083
    467  
Brokers, dealers and clients amounts receivable and payable
  
 
5,480
 
    (5,337
Other, including unrealized foreign currency translation (gain)
/
loss
  
 
(7,414
    10,580  
Net cash from (used in) operating activities
  
 
28,747
 
    45,656  
Cash flows from (used in) financing activities
                
Redemption or repurchase of subordinated notes and debentures
  
 
38
 
    2  
Common shares issued, net
  
 
69
 
    40  
Repurchase of common shares
(Note 12)
  
 
(764
     
Redemption of preferred shares and other equity instruments
  
 
(1,000
     
Sale of treasury shares and other equity instruments
  
 
2,941
 
    3,037  
Purchase of treasury shares and other equity instruments
(Note 12)
  
 
(2,965
    (3,179
Dividends paid on shares and distributions paid on other equity instruments
  
 
(2,947
    (1,387
Repayment of lease liabilities
  
 
(166
    (136
Net cash from (used in) financing activities
  
 
(4,794
    (1,623
Cash flows from (used in) investing activities
                
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
  
 
(2,951
    (55,614
Activities in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
                
Purchases
  
 
(5,821
    (6,152
Proceeds from maturities
  
 
6,714
 
    7,936  
Proceeds from sales
  
 
3,166
 
    605  
Activities in debt securities at amortized cost
                
Purchases
  
 
(41,702
    (27,278
Proceeds from maturities
  
 
17,932
 
    36,116  
Proceeds from sales
  
 
6
 
    597  
Net purchases of land, buildings, equipment, other depreciable assets, and other intangibles
  
 
(333
    (302
Net cash acquired from (paid for) divestitures and acquisitions
  
 
 
    24  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
  
 
(22,989
    (44,068
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks
  
 
106
 
    (160
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
  
 
1,070
 
    (195
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
  
 
5,931
 
    6,445  
Cash and due from banks at end of period
  
$
7,001
 
  $ 6,250  
Supplementary disclosure of cash flows from operating activities
                
Amount of income taxes paid (refunded) during the period
  
$
2,614
 
  $ 695  
Amount of interest paid during the period
  
 
1,272
 
    1,700  
Amount of interest received during the period
  
 
7,090
 
    7,319  
Amount of dividends received during the period
  
 
489
 
    451  
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 51  

Table of Contents
NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)
 
 
NOTE 1:  NATURE OF OPERATIONS
CORPORATE INFORMATION
The Toronto-Dominion Bank is a bank chartered under the
Bank Act
. The shareholders of a bank are not, as shareholders, liable for any liability, act, or default of the bank except as otherwise provided under the
Bank Act
. The Toronto-Dominion Bank and its subsidiaries are collectively known as TD Bank Group (“TD” or the “Bank”). The Bank was formed through the amalgamation on February 1, 1955, of The Bank of Toronto (chartered in 1855) and The Dominion Bank (chartered in 1869). The Bank is incorporated and domiciled in Canada with its registered and principal business offices located at 66 Wellington Street West, Toronto, Ontario. TD serves customers in three business segments operating in a number of locations in key financial centres around the globe: Canadian Retail, U.S. Retail, and Wholesale Banking.
BASIS OF PREPARATION
The accompanying Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and accounting principles followed by the Bank have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), including the accounting requirements of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (OSFI). The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated.
These Interim Consolidated Financial Statements were prepared on a condensed basis in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34,
Interim Financial Reporting
using the accounting policies as described in Note 2 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain comparative amounts have been revised to conform with the presentation adopted in the current period.
The preparation of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements requires that management make judgments, estimates, and assumptions regarding the reported amount of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as further described in Note 3 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and in Note 3 of this report. Accordingly, actual results may differ from estimated amounts as future confirming events occur.
The Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared using uniform accounting policies for like transactions and events in similar circumstances. All intercompany transactions, balances, and unrealized gains and losses on transactions are eliminated on consolidation.
The Interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the three months ended January 31, 2022, were approved and authorized for issue by the Bank’s Board of Directors, in accordance with a recommendation of the Audit Committee, on March 2, 2022.
As the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements do not include all of the disclosures normally provided in the Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, they should be read in conjunction with the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements and the accompanying Notes, and the shaded sections of the 2021 Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). Certain disclosures are included in the shaded sections of the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A in this report, as permitted by IFRS, and form an integral part of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
NOTE 2:  CURRENT AND FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
CURRENT CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
There were no new accounting policies that have been adopted by the Bank for the three months ended January 31, 2022.
FUTURE CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The following standard has been issued, but is not yet effective on the date of issuance of the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank is currently assessing the impact of applying the standard on the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements and will adopt the standard when it becomes effective.
Insurance Contracts
The IASB issued IFRS 17,
Insurance Contracts
(IFRS 17) which replaces the guidance in IFRS 4,
Insurance Contracts
and establishes principles for recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure of insurance contracts. Insurance contracts are aggregated into groups which are measured at the risk adjusted present value of cash flows in fulfilling the contracts. Revenue is recognized as insurance contract services are provided over the coverage period. Losses are recognized immediately if the contract group is expected to be onerous.
The standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2023, which will be November 1, 2023 for the Bank. OSFI’s related Advisory precludes early adoption. The standard will be applied retrospectively with restatement of comparatives unless impracticable.
The Bank is proceeding with the implementation efforts accordingly.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
52
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 3:  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGMENTS, ESTIMATES, AND ASSUMPTIONS
The estimates used in the Bank’s accounting policies are essential to understanding its results of operations and financial condition. Some of the Bank’s policies require subjective, complex judgments and estimates as they relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Changes in these judgments or estimates and changes to accounting standards and policies could have a materially adverse impact on the Bank’s Interim Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank has established procedures to ensure that accounting policies are applied consistently and that the processes for changing methodologies, determining estimates, and adopting new accounting standards are well-controlled and occur in an appropriate and systematic manner. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of significant accounting judgments, estimates, and assumptions.
Impairment – Expected Credit Loss Model
The expected credit loss (ECL) model requires the application of estimates and judgment in the assessment of the current and forward-looking economic environment. As a result of
COVID-19,
there is a higher degree of uncertainty in determining reasonable and supportable forward-looking information. Management exercises expert credit judgment in assessing if an exposure has experienced significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition and in determining the amount of ECLs at each reporting date, by considering reasonable and supportable information that is not already included in the quantitative models. The current environment is subject to rapid change and to the extent that certain effects of
COVID-19
are not fully incorporated into the model calculations, increased temporary quantitative and qualitative adjustments have been applied. This includes borrower credit scores, industry and geography specific
COVID-19
impacts, payment support initiatives introduced by the Bank and governments, and the persistence of the economic shutdown, the effects of which are not yet fully reflected in the quantitative models. The Bank has performed certain additional qualitative portfolio and loan level assessments of significant increase in credit risk.
 
NOTE 4:  FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
There have been no significant changes to the Bank’s approach and methodologies used to determine fair value measurements for the three months ended January 31, 2022.
(
a
)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES NOT CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE
The following table reflects the fair value of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value.
Financial Assets and Liabilities not carried at Fair Value
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)                   
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
     
Carrying
value
    
Fair
value
    
Carrying
value
    
Fair
value
 
FINANCIAL ASSETS
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
                                   
Government and government-related securities
  
$
230,442
 
  
$
228,722
 
   $ 208,559      $ 207,927  
Other debt securities
  
 
65,504
 
  
 
65,160
 
     60,380        60,525  
Total debt securities at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses
  
 
295,946
 
  
 
293,882
 
     268,939        268,452  
Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses
  
 
743,615
 
  
 
742,623
 
     722,622        725,177  
Total financial assets not carried at fair value
  
$
1,039,561
 
  
$
1,036,505
 
   $ 991,561      $ 993,629  
         
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Deposits
  
$
1,159,538
 
  
$
1,157,900
 
   $ 1,125,125      $ 1,124,762  
Securitization liabilities at amortized cost
  
 
15,280
 
  
 
15,150
 
     15,262        15,202  
Subordinated notes and debentures
  
 
11,304
 
  
 
11,722
 
     11,230        11,838  
Total financial liabilities not carried at fair value
  
$
  1,186,122
 
  
$
  1,184,772
 
   $   1,151,617      $   1,151,802  
 
1
This table excludes financial assets and liabilities where the carrying value approximates their fair value.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
53
 

Table of Contents
(b)
FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
The following table presents the levels within the fair value hierarchy for each of the assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021.
Fair Value Hierarchy for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
                                                                                                                                                                                                         
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                           
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
     
Level 1
    
Level 2
    
Level 3
    
Total
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
                 
FINANCIAL ASSETS AND COMMODITIES
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
                 
Trading loans, securities, and other
1
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Government and government-related securities
                                                                       
Canadian government debt
                                                                       
Federal
  
$
1,080
 
  
$
7,306
 
  
$
 
  
$
8,386
 
   $ 294      $ 10,902      $      $ 11,196  
Provinces
  
 
 
  
 
8,204
 
  
 
 
  
 
8,204
 
            8,326               8,326  
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt
  
 
 
  
 
18,886
 
  
 
 
  
 
18,886
 
            13,241               13,241  
Other OECD government guaranteed debt
  
 
 
  
 
8,894
 
  
 
 
  
 
8,894
 
            7,785               7,785  
Mortgage-backed securities
  
 
 
  
 
1,789
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,789
 
            1,500               1,500  
Other debt securities
                                                                       
Canadian issuers
  
 
 
  
 
6,229
 
  
 
 
  
 
6,229
 
            5,970               5,970  
Other issuers
  
 
 
  
 
12,048
 
  
 
17
 
  
 
12,065
 
            12,389        6        12,395  
Equity securities
  
 
59,675
 
  
 
37
 
  
 
 
  
 
59,712
 
     59,933        158        33        60,124  
Trading loans
  
 
 
  
 
12,048
 
  
 
 
  
 
12,048
 
            12,405               12,405  
Commodities
  
 
15,884
 
  
 
643
 
  
 
 
  
 
16,527
 
     13,919        720               14,639  
                 
Retained interests
  
 
 
  
 
8
 
  
 
 
  
 
8
 
            9               9  
                 
 
  
 
76,639
 
  
 
76,092
 
  
 
17
 
  
 
152,748
 
     74,146        73,405        39        147,590  
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                                                                       
Securities
  
 
184
 
  
 
6,223
 
  
 
873
 
  
 
7,280
 
     166        6,127        760        7,053  
                 
Loans
  
 
 
  
 
2,642
 
  
 
3
 
  
 
2,645
 
            2,334        3        2,337  
                 
 
  
 
184
 
  
 
8,865
 
  
 
876
 
  
 
9,925
 
     166        8,461        763        9,390  
Derivatives
                                                                       
Interest rate contracts
  
 
37
 
  
 
10,335
 
  
 
 
  
 
10,372
 
     12        10,277        1        10,290  
Foreign exchange contracts
  
 
49
 
  
 
35,655
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
35,708
 
     26        35,786        7        35,819  
Credit contracts
  
 
 
  
 
72
 
  
 
 
  
 
72
 
            57               57  
Equity contracts
  
 
4
 
  
 
5,117
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,121
 
     3        5,359               5,362  
                 
Commodity contracts
  
 
341
 
  
 
2,851
 
  
 
54
 
  
 
3,246
 
     365        2,495        39        2,899  
                 
 
  
 
431
 
  
 
54,030
 
  
 
58
 
  
 
54,519
 
     406        53,974        47        54,427  
Financial assets designated at fair value through profit or loss
                                                                       
                 
Securities
1
  
 
 
  
 
4,762
 
  
 
 
  
 
4,762
 
            4,564               4,564  
                 
 
  
 
 
  
 
4,762
 
  
 
 
  
 
4,762
 
            4,564               4,564  
                 
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Government and government-related securities
                                                                       
Canadian government debt
                                                                       
Federal
  
 
 
  
 
13,189
 
  
 
 
  
 
13,189
 
            12,519               12,519  
Provinces
  
 
 
  
 
19,067
 
  
 
 
  
 
19,067
 
            18,143               18,143  
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt
  
 
 
  
 
16,704
 
  
 
 
  
 
16,704
 
            19,300               19,300  
Other OECD government guaranteed debt
  
 
 
  
 
5,047
 
  
 
 
  
 
5,047
 
            6,564               6,564  
Mortgage-backed securities
  
 
 
  
 
318
 
  
 
 
  
 
318
 
            1,254               1,254  
Other debt securities
                                                                       
Asset-backed securities
  
 
 
  
 
7,083
 
  
 
 
  
 
7,083
 
            6,981               6,981  
Corporate and other debt
  
 
 
  
 
7,685
 
  
 
63
 
  
 
7,748
 
            8,040        64        8,104  
Equity securities
  
 
3,070
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
1,660
 
  
 
4,731
 
     2,989        1        1,609        4,599  
                 
Loans
  
 
 
  
 
1,632
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,632
 
            1,602               1,602  
                 
 
  
 
3,070
 
  
 
70,726
 
  
 
1,723
 
  
 
75,519
 
     2,989        74,404        1,673        79,066  
                 
Securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
  
 
 
  
 
7,491
 
  
 
 
  
 
7,491
 
            7,992               7,992  
                 
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
                 
Trading deposits
  
 
 
  
 
20,366
 
  
 
183
 
  
 
20,549
 
            22,750        141        22,891  
Derivatives
                                                                       
Interest rate contracts
  
 
31
 
  
 
10,001
 
  
 
89
 
  
 
10,121
 
     14        11,580        89        11,683  
Foreign exchange contracts
  
 
34
 
  
 
33,023
 
  
 
 
  
 
33,057
 
     28        35,146               35,174  
Credit contracts
  
 
 
  
 
297
 
  
 
 
  
 
297
 
            347               347  
Equity contracts
  
 
 
  
 
6,386
 
  
 
90
 
  
 
6,476
 
            7,932        82        8,014  
                 
Commodity contracts
  
 
468
 
  
 
1,464
 
  
 
9
 
  
 
1,941
 
     300        1,596        8        1,904  
                 
 
  
 
533
 
  
 
51,171
 
  
 
188
 
  
 
51,892
 
     342        56,601        179        57,122  
                 
Securitization liabilities at fair value
  
 
 
  
 
13,332
 
  
 
 
  
 
13,332
 
            13,505               13,505  
                 
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
10
 
  
 
135,093
 
  
 
47
 
  
 
135,150
 
            113,912        76        113,988  
                 
Obligations related to securities sold short
1
  
 
2,944
 
  
 
44,486
 
  
 
 
  
 
47,430
 
     2,015        40,360        9        42,384  
                 
Obligations related to securities sold under repurchase agreements
  
 
 
  
 
6,329
 
  
 
 
  
 
6,329
 
            5,126               5,126  
 
1
Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but not yet purchased (short positions).
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
54
 

Table of Contents
(c)
TRANSFERS BETWEEN FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY LEVELS FOR ASSETS AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The Bank’s policy is to record transfers of assets and liabilities between the different levels of the fair value hierarchy using the fair values as at the end of each reporting period.
There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the three months ended January 31, 2022 (three months ended January 31, 2021 – $400 million of fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) Canadian government debt were transferred from Level 2 to Level 1).
There were no significant transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 during the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
There were no significant changes to the unobservable inputs and sensitivities for assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 during the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
55
 

Table of Contents
(d)
RECONCILIATION OF CHANGES IN FAIR VALUE FOR LEVEL 3 ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following tables reconcile changes in fair value of all assets and liabilities measured at fair value using significant Level 3 unobservable inputs for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
 
 
Reconciliation of Changes in Fair Value for Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
Fair
value as at
November 1
2021
   
Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)
   
Movements
   
Transfers
   
Fair
value as at
January 31
2022
   
Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on
instruments
still held
5
 
 
 
 
Included
in income
 
1
 
 
 
Included
in OCI
 
2,3
 
 
 
Purchases/
Issuances
 
 
 
 
Sales/
Settlements
 
4
 
 
 
Into
Level 3
 
 
 
 
Out of
Level 3
 
 
                   
FINANCIAL ASSETS
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
Trading loans, securities, and other
                                                                        
Other debt securities
  
$
6
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
2
 
 
$
(2
 
$
11
 
 
$
 
 
$
17
 
 
$
 
                   
Equity securities
  
 
33
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(33
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
 
  
 
39
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
(35
 
 
11
 
 
 
 
 
 
17
 
 
 
 
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                                                                        
Securities
  
 
760
 
 
 
36
 
 
 
 
 
 
88
 
 
 
(7
 
 
 
 
 
(4
 
 
873
 
 
 
33
 
                   
Loans
  
 
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3
 
 
 
 
                   
 
  
 
763
 
 
 
36
 
 
 
 
 
 
88
 
 
 
(7
 
 
 
 
 
(4
 
 
876
 
 
 
33
 
                   
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
                                                                        
Other debt securities
  
 
64
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
63
 
 
 
 
                   
Equity securities
  
 
1,609
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
10
 
 
 
40
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,660
 
 
 
1
 
 
  
$
1,673
 
 
$
 
 
$
1
 
 
$
10
 
 
$
39
 
 
$
 
 
$
 
 
$
1,723
 
 
$
1
 
                 
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
Trading deposits
6
  
$
(141
 
$
(10
 
$
 
 
$
(28
 
$
1
 
 
$
(8
 
$
3
 
 
$
(183
 
$
(11
Derivatives
7
                                                                        
Interest rate contracts
  
 
(88
 
 
(3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(89
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
  
 
7
 
 
 
(3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
(1
Equity contracts
  
 
(82
 
 
(11
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1
 
 
(1
 
 
5
 
 
 
(90
 
 
(12
                   
Commodity contracts
  
 
31
 
 
 
22
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
45
 
 
 
22
 
                   
 
  
 
(132
 
 
5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(7
 
 
(1
 
 
5
 
 
 
(130
 
 
9
 
                   
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
  
 
(76
 
 
8
 
 
 
 
 
 
(71
 
 
92
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(47
 
 
8
 
                   
Obligations related to securities sold short
  
 
(9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
                                                                          
     
Fair
value as at
November 1
2020
   
Total realized and
unrealized gains (losses)
   
Movements
   
Transfers
   
Fair
value as at
January 31
2021
   
Change in
unrealized
gains
(losses) on
instruments
still held
5
 
 
 
 
Included
in income
 
1
 
 
 
Included
in OCI
 
2,3
 
 
 
Purchases/
Issuances
 
 
 
 
Sales/
Settlements
 
4
 
 
 
Into
Level 3
 
 
 
 
Out of
Level 3
 
 
                   
FINANCIAL ASSETS
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
Trading loans, securities, and other
                                                                        
Government and government-related securities
   $ 16     $ 2     $     $     $ (18   $     $     $     $  
                   
Other debt securities
     3       1                   (1           (1     2       2  
                   
 
     19       3                   (19           (1     2       2  
Non-trading
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                                                                        
Securities
     571                   31       (6           (1     595       (3
                   
Loans
     3                                           3        
                   
 
     574                   31       (6           (1     598       (3
                   
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
                                                                        
Other debt securities
     20             3                               23       3  
                   
Equity securities
     1,579             6       20       (70                 1,535       6  
 
   $ 1,599     $     $ 9     $ 20     $ (70   $     $     $ 1,558     $ 9  
                 
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
Trading deposits
6
   $ (4,649   $ (534   $     $ (744   $ 910     $ (7   $     $ (5,024   $ (362
Derivatives
7
                                                                        
Interest rate contracts
     (96     (1                 1                   (96     1  
Foreign exchange contracts
     2       2                   1                   5       4  
Equity contracts
     (707     (439           (13     80       7             (1,072     (2
                   
Commodity contracts
     (18     18                   4                   4       7  
                   
 
     (819     (420           (13     86       7             (1,159     10  
                   
Financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit or loss
     (24     4             (45     34                   (31     (1
                   
Obligations related to securities sold short
                                   (1           (1      
 
1
Gains/losses on financial assets and liabilities are recognized within Non-interest Income on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.
2
Other comprehensive income.
3
Includes realized gains/losses transferred to retained earnings on disposal of equities designated at FVOCI.
4
Includes foreign exchange.
5
Changes in unrealized gains/losses on financial assets at FVOCI are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income.
6
Issuances and repurchases of trading deposits are reported on a gross basis.
7
Consists of derivative assets of $58 million (January 31, 2021 – $576 million; October 31, 2021/November 1, 2021 – $47 million; October 31, 2020/November 1, 2020 – $381 million) and derivative liabilities of $188 million (January 31, 2021 – $1,735 million; October 31, 2021/November 1, 2021 – $179 million; October 31, 2020/November 1, 2020 – $1,200 million) which have been netted in this table for presentation purposes only.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
5
6
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 5:  SECURITIES
(a)
UNREALIZED SECURITIES GAINS (LOSSES)
The following table summarizes the unrealized gains and losses as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021.
 
Unrealized Gains (Losses) for Securities at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                                  
As at
 
                    
January 31, 2022
                     October 31, 2021  
     
Cost/
amortized
cost
1
    
Gross
unrealized
gains
    
Gross
unrealized
(losses)
   
Fair
value
    
Cost/
amortized
cost
1
    
Gross
unrealized
gains
    
Gross
unrealized
(losses)
   
Fair
value
 
Government and government-related securities
                                                                     
Canadian government debt
                                                                     
Federal
  
$
13,129
 
  
$
80
 
  
$
(20
 
$
13,189
 
   $ 12,428      $ 98      $ (7   $ 12,519  
Provinces
  
 
18,943
 
  
 
159
 
  
 
(35
 
 
19,067
 
     17,935        218        (10     18,143  
U.S. federal, state, municipal governments, and agencies debt
  
 
16,693
 
  
 
43
 
  
 
(32
 
 
16,704
 
     19,232        83        (15     19,300  
Other OECD government guaranteed debt
  
 
5,048
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
(5
 
 
5,047
 
     6,551        13              6,564  
                 
Mortgage-backed securities
  
 
317
 
  
 
1
 
  
 
 
 
 
318
 
     1,251        3              1,254  
                 
 
  
 
54,130
 
  
 
287
 
  
 
(92
 
 
54,325
 
     57,397        415        (32     57,780  
Other debt securities
                                                                     
Asset-backed securities
  
 
7,075
 
  
 
18
 
  
 
(10
 
 
7,083
 
     6,957        30        (6     6,981  
                 
Corporate and other debt
  
 
7,755
 
  
 
33
 
  
 
(40
 
 
7,748
 
     8,054        68        (18     8,104  
                 
 
  
 
14,830
 
  
 
51
 
  
 
(50
 
 
14,831
 
     15,011        98        (24     15,085  
                 
Total debt securities
  
 
68,960
 
  
 
338
 
  
 
(142
 
 
69,156
 
     72,408        513        (56     72,865  
Equity securities
                                                                     
Common shares
  
 
3,935
 
  
 
398
 
  
 
(80
 
 
4,253
 
     3,887        310        (80     4,117  
                 
Preferred shares
  
 
467
 
  
 
41
 
  
 
(30
 
 
478
 
     470        43        (31     482  
                 
 
  
 
4,402
 
  
 
439
 
  
 
(110
 
 
4,731
 
     4,357        353        (111     4,599  
Total securities at fair value through other comprehensive income
  
$
73,362
 
  
$
777
 
  
$
(252
 
$
  73,887
 
   $ 76,765      $ 866      $ (167   $   77,464  
1
Includes the foreign exchange translation of amortized cost balances at the
period-end
spot rate.
(b)
EQUITY SECURITIES DESIGNATED AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The Bank designated certain equity securities as equity securities at FVOCI. The following table summarizes the fair value of equity securities designated at FVOCI as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021, and dividend income recognized on these securities for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
 
Equity Securities Designated at Fair Value Through Other Comprehensive Income
 
  
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)           
As at
    
For the three months ended
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021     
January 31, 2022
     January 31, 2021  
    
Fair value
    
Dividend income recognized
 
Common shares
  
$
4,253
 
   $ 4,117     
$
39
 
   $ 30  
         
Preferred shares
  
 
478
 
     482     
 
5
 
     3  
Total
  
$
4,731
 
   $ 4,599     
$
44
 
   $ 33  
The Bank disposed of certain equity securities in line with the Bank’s investment strategy with a fair value of $24 million during the three months ended January 31, 2022 (three months ended January 31, 2021 – $4 million). The Bank realized a cumulative gain of $2
million and earned no dividend income during the three
months ended
January 31, 2022 (cumulative gain and dividend income for the three months ended January 31, 2021
nil)
.
(c)
DEBT SECURITIES NET REALIZED GAINS (LOSSES)
The following table summarizes the net realized gains and losses for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021, which are included in Other income (loss) on the Interim Consolidated Statement of Income.
 
Debt Securities Net Realized Gains (Losses)
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    
January 31
2021
 
     
Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income
  
$
  10
 
   $   20  
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
5
7
 

Table of Contents
(d)
CREDIT QUALITY OF DEBT SECURITIES
The Bank evaluates
non-retail
credit risk on an individual borrower basis, using both a borrower risk rating (BRR) and facility risk rating, as detailed in the shaded area of the “Managing Risk” section of the 2021 MD&A. This system is used to assess all
non-retail
exposures, including debt securities.
The following table provides the gross carrying amounts of debt securities measured at amortized cost and debt securities at FVOCI by internal risk ratings for credit risk management purposes, presenting separately those debt securities that are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances. Refer to the “Allowance for Credit Losses” table in Note 6 for details regarding the allowance and provision for credit losses on debt securities.
Debt Securities by Risk Ratings
(millions of Canadian dollars)
                  
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
    
October 31, 2021
 
     
Stage 1
    
Stage 2
    
Stage 3
   
Total
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  
Debt securities
1
                                                                      
Investment grade
  
$
362,910
 
  
$
 
  
$
n/a
2
 
 
$
362,910
 
   $ 339,426      $      $ n/a      $ 339,426  
Non-Investment
grade
  
 
1,951
 
  
 
166
 
  
 
n/a
 
 
 
2,117
 
     2,235        83        n/a        2,318  
Watch and classified
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
77
 
  
 
n/a
 
 
 
77
 
     n/a        62        n/a        62  
                 
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
     n/a        n/a                
                 
Total debt securities
  
 
364,861
 
  
 
243
 
  
 
 
 
 
365,104
 
     341,661        145               341,806  
                 
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities at amortized cost
  
 
2
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
2
 
     2                      2  
                 
Total debt securities, net of allowance
  
$
  364,859
 
  
$
243
 
  
$
 
 
$
  365,102
 
   $   341,659      $ 145      $      $   341,804  
 
1
Includes debt securities backed by government-guaranteed loans of $207 million (October 31, 2021 – $1 million), which are reported in Non-Investment grade or a lower risk rating based on the issuer’s credit risk.
2
Not applicable.
As at January 31, 2022, total debt securities, net of allowance, in the table above, include debt securities measured at amortized cost, net of allowance, of $295,946 million (October 31, 2021 – $268,939 million), and debt securities measured at FVOCI of $69,156 million (October 31, 2021 – $72,865 million).
The difference between probability-weighted ECLs and base ECLs on debt securities at FVOCI and at amortized cost as at both January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021, was insignificant.
 
NOTE 6:  LOANS, IMPAIRED LOANS, AND ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
(a)
LOANS AND ACCEPTANCES
The following table provides details regarding the Bank’s loans and acceptances as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021.
Loans and Acceptances
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
As at
 
     
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
Residential mortgages
  
$
275,029
 
   $ 268,340  
Consumer instalment and other personal
  
 
191,996
 
     189,864  
Credit card
  
 
31,441
 
     30,738  
     
Business and government
  
 
251,388
 
     240,070  
     
 
  
 
749,854
 
     729,012  
Customers’ liability under acceptances
  
 
17,346
 
     18,448  
     
Loans at FVOCI
(Note 4)
  
 
1,632
 
     1,602  
     
Total loans and acceptances
  
 
768,832
 
     749,062  
     
Total allowance for loan losses
  
 
6,239
 
     6,390  
     
Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance
  
 
762,593
 
     742,672  
Business and government loans (including loans at FVOCI) and customers’ liability under acceptances are grouped together as reflected below for presentation in the “Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings” table.
Loans and Acceptances – Business and Government
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
As at
 
     
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
Loans at amortized cost
  
$
251,388
 
   $ 240,070  
Customers’ liability under acceptances
  
 
17,346
 
     18,448  
     
Loans at FVOCI
(Note 4)
  
 
1,632
 
     1,602  
     
Loans and acceptances
  
 
270,366
 
     260,120  
     
Allowance for loan and acceptances losses
  
 
2,714
 
     2,751  
     
Loans and acceptances, net of allowance
  
 
267,652
 
     257,369  
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
58
 

Table of Contents
(b)
CREDIT QUALITY OF LOANS
In the retail portfolio, including individuals and small businesses, the Bank manages exposures on a pooled basis, using predictive credit scoring techniques. For
non-retail
exposures, each borrower is assigned a BRR that reflects the probability of default (PD) of the borrower using proprietary industry and sector specific risk models and expert judgment. Refer to the shaded areas of the “Managing Risk” section of the 2021 MD&A for further details, including the mapping of PD ranges to risk levels for retail exposures as well as the Bank’s
21-point
BRR scale to risk levels and external ratings for
non-retail
exposures.
The following table provides the gross carrying amounts of loans, acceptances and credit risk exposures on loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts by internal risk ratings for credit risk management purposes, presenting separately those that are subject to Stage 1, Stage 2, and Stage 3 allowances.
Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings
(millions of Canadian dollars)
                                                          
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
     
Stage 1
    
Stage 2
    
Stage 3
    
Total
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  
Residential mortgages
1,2,3
                                                                       
Low Risk
  
$
216,299
 
  
$
4,145
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
220,444
 
   $ 208,030      $ 4,113      $ n/a      $ 212,143  
Normal Risk
  
 
40,538
 
  
 
6,416
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
46,954
 
     38,922        9,768        n/a        48,690  
Medium Risk
  
 
 
  
 
4,380
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
4,380
 
            4,405        n/a        4,405  
High Risk
  
 
 
  
 
2,479
 
  
 
333
 
  
 
2,812
 
            2,380        266        2,646  
                 
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
439
 
  
 
439
 
     n/a        n/a        456        456  
                 
Total loans
  
 
256,837
 
  
 
17,420
 
  
 
772
 
  
 
275,029
 
     246,952        20,666        722        268,340  
                 
Allowance for loan losses
  
 
30
 
  
 
175
 
  
 
45
 
  
 
250
 
     35        175        51        261  
                 
Loans, net of allowance
  
 
256,807
 
  
 
17,245
 
  
 
727
 
  
 
274,779
 
     246,917        20,491        671        268,079  
Consumer instalment and other personal
4
                                                                       
Low Risk
  
 
103,510
 
  
 
1,397
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
104,907
 
     94,425        1,397        n/a        95,822  
Normal Risk
  
 
52,875
 
  
 
6,113
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
58,988
 
     62,484        1,255        n/a        63,739  
Medium Risk
  
 
16,028
 
  
 
4,070
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
20,098
 
     18,201        3,917        n/a        22,118  
High Risk
  
 
1,055
 
  
 
6,144
 
  
 
395
 
  
 
7,594
 
     1,073        6,346        379        7,798  
                 
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
409
 
  
 
409
 
     n/a        n/a        387        387  
                 
Total loans
  
 
173,468
 
  
 
17,724
 
  
 
804
 
  
 
191,996
 
     176,183        12,915        766        189,864  
                 
Allowance for loan losses
  
 
515
 
  
 
837
 
  
 
160
 
  
 
1,512
 
     520        914        139        1,573  
                 
Loans, net of allowance
  
 
172,953
 
  
 
16,887
 
  
 
644
 
  
 
190,484
 
     175,663        12,001        627        188,291  
Credit card
                                                                       
Low Risk
  
 
6,418
 
  
 
8
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
6,426
 
     5,467        7        n/a        5,474  
Normal Risk
  
 
10,643
 
  
 
67
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
10,710
 
     10,109        68        n/a        10,177  
Medium Risk
  
 
8,545
 
  
 
1,171
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
9,716
 
     8,909        1,158        n/a        10,067  
High Risk
  
 
283
 
  
 
4,047
 
  
 
181
 
  
 
4,511
 
     476        4,319        149        4,944  
                 
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
78
 
  
 
78
 
     n/a        n/a        76        76  
                 
Total loans
  
 
25,889
 
  
 
5,293
 
  
 
259
 
  
 
31,441
 
     24,961        5,552        225        30,738  
                 
Allowance for loan losses
  
 
663
 
  
 
938
 
  
 
162
 
  
 
1,763
 
     671        996        138        1,805  
                 
Loans, net of allowance
  
 
25,226
 
  
 
4,355
 
  
 
97
 
  
 
29,678
 
     24,290        4,556        87        28,933  
Business and government
1,2,3,5
                                                                       
Investment grade or Low/Normal Risk
  
 
117,336
 
  
 
799
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
118,135
 
     110,129        699        n/a        110,828  
Non-Investment
grade or Medium Risk
  
 
129,459
 
  
 
11,802
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
141,261
 
     125,638        12,149        n/a        137,787  
Watch and classified or High Risk
  
 
107
 
  
 
9,998
 
  
 
229
 
  
 
10,334
 
     108        10,547        70        10,725  
                 
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
636
 
  
 
636
 
     n/a        n/a        780        780  
                 
Total loans and acceptances
  
 
246,902
 
  
 
22,599
 
  
 
865
 
  
 
270,366
 
     235,875        23,395        850        260,120  
                 
Allowance for loan and acceptances losses
  
 
1,039
 
  
 
1,358
 
  
 
317
 
  
 
2,714
 
     1,037        1,407        307        2,751  
                 
Loans and acceptances, net of allowance
  
 
245,863
 
  
 
21,241
 
  
 
548
 
  
 
267,652
 
     234,838        21,988        543        257,369  
Total loans and acceptances
6
  
 
703,096
 
  
 
63,036
 
  
 
2,700
 
  
 
768,832
 
     683,971        62,528        2,563        749,062  
                 
Total allowance for loan losses
6,7
  
 
2,247
 
  
 
3,308
 
  
 
684
 
  
 
6,239
 
     2,263        3,492        635        6,390  
Total loans and acceptances, net of allowance
6
  
$
  700,849
 
  
$
  59,728
 
  
$
  2,016
 
  
$
  762,593
 
   $   681,708      $   59,036      $   1,928      $   742,672  
 
1
Includes impaired loans with a balance of $177 million (October 31, 2021 – $86 million) which did not have a related allowance for loan losses as the realizable value of the collateral exceeded the loan amount.
2
Excludes trading loans and
non-trading
loans at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) with a fair value of $12 billion (October 31, 2021 – $12 billion) and $3 billion (October 31, 2021 – $2 billion), respectively.
3
Includes insured mortgages of $81 billion (October 31, 2021 – $82 billion).
4
Includes Canadian government-insured real estate personal loans of $10 billion (October 31, 2021 – $10 billion).
5
Includes loans guaranteed by government agencies of $27 billion (October 31, 2021 – $26 billion), which are primarily reported in
Non-Investment
grade or a lower risk rating based on the borrowers’ credit risk.
6
Stage 3 includes acquired credit-impaired (ACI) loans of $140 million (October 31, 2021 – $152 million) and a related allowance for loan losses of $4 million (October 31, 2021 – $6 million), which have been included in the “Default” risk rating category as they were impaired at acquisition.
7
Includes allowance for loan losses related to loans that are measured at FVOCI of nil (October 31, 2021 – nil).
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
59
 

Table of Contents
Loans and Acceptances by Risk Ratings
(Continued)
Off-Balance
Sheet Credit Instruments
1
                                                                 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
                                                          
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
     
Stage 1
    
Stage 2
    
Stage 3
    
Total
     Stage 1      Stage 2      Stage 3      Total  
Retail Exposures
2
                                                                       
Low Risk
  
$
234,756
 
  
$
219
 
  
$
n/a
 
  
$
234,975
 
   $ 222,348      $ 232      $ n/a      $ 222,580  
Normal Risk
  
 
78,293
 
  
 
449
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
78,742
 
     80,529        501        n/a        81,030  
Medium Risk
  
 
12,890
 
  
 
413
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
13,303
 
     13,993        551        n/a        14,544  
High Risk
  
 
897
 
  
 
981
 
  
 
 
  
 
1,878
 
     890        1,004               1,894  
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
     n/a        n/a                
Non-Retail
Exposures
3
                                                                       
Investment grade
  
 
200,053
 
  
 
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
200,053
 
     195,293               n/a        195,293  
Non-Investment
grade
  
 
79,683
 
  
 
4,997
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
84,680
 
     80,076        5,329        n/a        85,405  
Watch and classified
  
 
38
 
  
 
4,565
 
  
 
 
  
 
4,603
 
     38        5,097               5,135  
                 
Default
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
n/a
 
  
 
59
 
  
 
59
 
     n/a        n/a        86        86  
Total off-balance
sheet credit instruments
  
 
606,610
 
  
 
11,624
 
  
 
59
 
  
 
618,293
 
     593,167        12,714        86        605,967  
Allowance for
off-balance
sheet credit instruments
  
 
410
 
  
 
490
 
  
 
2
 
  
 
902
 
     386        467        3        856  
Total off-balance
sheet credit instruments, net of allowance
  
$
606,200
 
  
$
11,134
 
  
$
57
 
  
$
617,391
 
   $ 592,781      $ 12,247      $ 83      $ 605,111  
 
1
Excludes mortgage commitments.
2
Includes $327 billion (October 31, 2021 – $318 billion) of personal lines of credit and credit card lines, which are unconditionally cancellable at the Bank’s discretion at any time.
3
Includes $47 billion (October 31, 2021 – $48 billion) of the undrawn component of uncommitted credit and liquidity facilities.
(c)
ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
The following table provides details on the Bank’s allowance for credit losses as at and for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021, including allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments in the applicable categories.
Allowance for Credit Losses
                                                                                 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
Balance at
beginning
of period
    
Provision
for credit
losses
   
Write-offs,

net of
recoveries
   
Foreign
exchange,
disposals,
and other
adjustments
    
Balance
at end of
period
     Balance at
beginning
of period
     Provision
for credit
losses
    
Write-offs,

net of
recoveries
    Foreign
exchange,
disposals,
and other
adjustments
    Balance
at end of
period
 
    
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31, 2022
     January 31, 2021  
Residential mortgages
  
$
261
 
  
$
(10
 
$
(2
 
$
1
 
  
$
250
 
   $ 302      $ 5      $ (3   $ (3   $ 301  
Consumer instalment and other personal
  
 
1,649
 
  
 
52
 
 
 
(125
 
 
16
 
  
 
1,592
 
     2,112        151        (183     (42     2,038  
Credit card
  
 
2,314
 
  
 
117
 
 
 
(144
 
 
41
 
  
 
2,328
 
     3,184        48        (215     (86     2,931  
                     
Business and government
  
 
3,022
 
  
 
(85
 
 
(14
 
 
48
 
  
 
2,971
 
     3,779        108        (117     (103     3,667  
Total allowance for loan losses, including
off-balance
sheet instruments
  
 
7,246
 
  
 
74
 
 
 
(285
 
 
106
 
  
 
7,141
 
     9,377        312        (518     (234     8,937  
Debt securities at amortized cost
  
 
2
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
2
 
     2                           2  
                     
Debt securities at FVOCI
  
 
7
 
  
 
(2
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
5
 
     5        1                    6  
Total allowance for credit losses on debt securities
  
 
9
 
  
 
(2
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
7
 
     7        1                    8  
Total allowance for credit losses
  
$
7,255
 
  
$
72
 
 
$
(285
 
$
106
 
  
$
7,148
 
   $ 9,384      $ 313      $ (518   $ (234   $ 8,945  
Comprising:
                                                                                     
Allowance for credit losses on loans at amortized cost
  
$
6,390
 
                           
$
6,239
 
   $ 8,289                               $ 7,932  
Allowance for credit losses on loans at FVOCI
  
 
 
                           
 
 
     1                                 1  
    
 
 
                             
 
 
    
 
 
                             
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses
  
 
6,390
 
                           
 
6,239
 
     8,290                                 7,933  
    
 
 
                             
 
 
    
 
 
                             
 
 
 
Allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
  
 
856
 
                           
 
902
 
     1,087                                 1,004  
Allowance for credit losses on debt securities
  
 
9
 
                           
 
7
 
     7                                 8  
 
         
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
60
 

Table of Contents
(d)
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES BY STAGE
The following table provides details on the Bank’s allowance for loan losses by stage as at and for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
                                                                 
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
    
January 31, 2022
    January 31, 2021  
 
  
 
Stage 1
 
 
 
Stage 2
 
 
 
Stage 3
1
 
 
 
Total
 
    Stage 1       Stage 2       Stage 3
1
 
    Total  
Residential Mortgages
                                                                
Balance at beginning of period
  
$
35
 
 
$
175
 
 
$
51
 
 
$
261
 
  $ 32     $ 205     $ 65     $ 302  
Provision for credit losses
                                                                
Transfer to Stage 1
2
  
 
23
 
 
 
(23
 
 
 
 
 
 
    16       (16            
Transfer to Stage 2
  
 
(4
 
 
7
 
 
 
(3
 
 
 
    (12     17       (5      
Transfer to Stage 3
  
 
 
 
 
(4
 
 
4
 
 
 
 
          (4     4        
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
  
 
(4
 
 
3
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1
    (3     3              
New originations or purchases
4
  
 
4
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
4
 
    3       n/a       n/a       3  
Net repayments
5
  
 
(1
 
 
(1
 
 
 
 
 
(2
    (3     (1           (4
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)
6
  
 
(1
 
 
(4
 
 
(11
 
 
(16
    (1     (8     (5     (14
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
  
 
(22
 
 
21
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
5
 
    (5     22       3       20  
Disposals
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Write-offs
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3
 
 
(3
                (4     (4
Recoveries
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
1
 
    1       (3     3       1  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments   
 
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
 
 
 
1
 
    (2     (1           (3
Balance at end of period   
$
30
 
 
$
175
 
 
$
45
 
 
$
250
 
  $ 26     $ 214     $ 61     $ 301  
Consumer Instalment and Other Personal
                                                                
Balance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at beginning of period
  
$
550
 
 
$
960
 
 
$
139
 
 
$
1,649
 
  $ 595     $ 1,330     $ 187     $ 2,112  
Provision for credit losses
                                                                
Transfer to Stage 1
2
  
 
204
 
 
 
(203
 
 
(1
 
 
 
    269       (266     (3      
Transfer to Stage 2
  
 
(34
 
 
45
 
 
 
(11
 
 
 
    (43     59       (16      
Transfer to Stage 3
  
 
(1
 
 
(53
 
 
54
 
 
 
 
    (2     (52     54        
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
  
 
(50
 
 
33
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
(15
    (102     49       1       (52
New originations or purchases
4
  
 
56
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
56
 
    51       n/a       n/a       51  
Net repayments
5
  
 
(20
 
 
(20
 
 
(3
 
 
(43
    (25     (27     (3     (55
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)
6
  
 
(22
 
 
(48
 
 
(13
 
 
(83
    (21     (38     (7     (66
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
  
 
(139
 
 
159
 
 
 
117
 
 
 
137
 
    (181     300       154       273  
Disposals
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Write-offs
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(197
 
 
(197
                (258     (258
Recoveries
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72
 
 
 
72
 
                75       75  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments   
 
5
 
 
 
10
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
16
 
    (12     (22     (8     (42
Balance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at end of period
  
 
549
 
 
 
883
 
 
 
160
 
 
 
1,592
 
    529       1,333       176       2,038  
Less: Allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
8
  
 
34
 
 
 
46
 
 
 
 
 
 
80
 
    25       90             115  
Balance at end of period   
$
515
 
 
$
837
 
 
$
160
 
 
$
1,512
 
  $ 504     $ 1,243     $ 176     $ 1,923  
Credit Card
9
                                                                
Balance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at beginning of period
  
$
878
 
 
$
1,298
 
 
$
138
 
 
$
2,314
 
  $ 799     $ 2,181     $ 204     $ 3,184  
Provision for credit losses
                                                                
Transfer to Stage 1
2
  
 
324
 
 
 
(320
 
 
(4
 
 
 
    378       (373     (5      
Transfer to Stage 2
  
 
(58
 
 
66
 
 
 
(8
 
 
 
    (42     57       (15      
Transfer to Stage 3
  
 
(6
 
 
(147
 
 
153
 
 
 
 
    (2     (180     182        
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
  
 
(96
 
 
81
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
(11
    (161     62       2       (97
New originations or purchases
4
  
 
71
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
71
 
    27       n/a       n/a       27  
Net repayments
5
  
 
10
 
 
 
1
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
15
 
    (9     (2     6       (5
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)
6
  
 
(23
 
 
(51
 
 
(35
 
 
(109
    (12     (36     (45     (93
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
7
  
 
(219
 
 
320
 
 
 
50
 
 
 
151
 
    (115     216       115       216  
Disposals
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                       
Write-offs
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(221
 
 
(221
                (282     (282
Recoveries
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77
 
 
 
77
 
                67       67  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments   
 
16
 
 
 
21
 
 
 
4
 
 
 
41
 
    (21     (58     (7     (86
Balance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at end of period
  
 
897
 
 
 
1,269
 
 
 
162
 
 
 
2,328
 
    842       1,867       222       2,931  
Less: Allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
8
  
 
234
 
 
 
331
 
 
 
 
 
 
565
 
    189       404             593  
Balance at end of period
  
$
663
 
 
$
938
 
 
$
162
 
 
$
1,763
 
  $ 653     $ 1,463     $ 222     $ 2,338  
 
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
Transfers represent stage transfer movements prior to ECL remeasurement.
3
Represents the mechanical remeasurement between twelve-month (i.e., Stage 1) and lifetime ECLs (i.e., Stage 2 or 3) due to stage transfers necessitated by credit risk migration, as described in the “Significant Increase in Credit Risk” section of Note 2,
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
and Note 3
, Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions
of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements, holding all other factors impacting the change in ECLs constant.
4
Represents the increase in the allowance resulting from loans that were newly originated, purchased, or renewed.
5
Represents the changes in the allowance related to cash flow changes associated with new draws or repayments on loans outstanding.
6
Represents the decrease in the allowance resulting from loans that were fully repaid and excludes the decrease associated with loans that were disposed or fully written off.
7
Represents the changes in the allowance related to current period changes in risk (e.g., PD) caused by changes to macroeconomic factors, level of risk, parameters, and/or models, subsequent to stage migration. Refer to the “Measurement of Expected Credit Losses”, “Forward Looking Information and Expert Credit Judgment” sections of Note 2,
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
and Note 3,
Significant Accounting Judgments, Estimates and Assumptions
of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
8
The allowance for loan losses for
off-balance
sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
9
Credit cards are considered impaired and migrate to Stage 3 when they are 90 days past due and written off at 180 days past due. Refer to Note 2 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.
 
         
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
61
 

Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage
(Continued)
 
  
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
For the three months ended
 
    
 
January 31, 2022
 
    
January 31, 2021
 
 
  
 
Stage 1
 
 
 
Stage 2
 
 
 
Stage 3
1
 
 
 
Total
 
     Stage 1        Stage 2        Stage 3
1
 
     Total  
Business and Government
2
                                                                    
Balance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at beginning of period
  
$
1,186
 
 
$
1,526
 
 
$
310
 
 
$
3,022
 
   $ 1,499      $ 1,858      $ 422      $ 3,779  
Provision for credit losses
                                                                    
Transfer to Stage 1
3
  
 
87
 
 
 
(86
 
 
(1
 
 
 
     103        (102      (1       
Transfer to Stage 2
  
 
(99
 
 
101
 
 
 
(2
 
 
 
     (138      142        (4       
Transfer to Stage 3
  
 
(1
 
 
(19
 
 
20
 
 
 
 
     (3      (27      30         
Net remeasurement due to transfers into stage
3
  
 
(20
 
 
16
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4
     (26      37        (2      9  
New originations or purchases
3
  
 
256
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
n/a
 
 
 
256
 
     322        n/a        n/a        322  
Net repayments
3
  
 
4
 
 
 
(16
 
 
(24
 
 
(36
     7        (7      (49      (49
Derecognition of financial assets (excluding disposals and write-offs)
3
  
 
(208
 
 
(153
 
 
(73
 
 
(434
     (199      (182      (62      (443
Changes to risk, parameters, and models
3
  
 
(46
 
 
75
 
 
 
104
 
 
 
133
 
     (72      204        137        269  
Disposals
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                           
Write-offs
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(26
 
 
(26
                   (131      (131
Recoveries
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12
 
 
 
12
 
                   14        14  
Foreign exchange and other adjustments   
 
22
 
 
 
27
 
 
 
(1
 
 
48
 
     (43      (46      (14      (103
Balance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at end of period
  
 
1,181
 
 
 
1,471
 
 
 
319
 
 
 
2,971
 
     1,450        1,877        340        3,667  
Less: Allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
4
  
 
142
 
 
 
113
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
257
 
     144        138        14        296  
Balance at end of period   
 
1,039
 
 
 
1,358
 
 
 
317
 
 
 
2,714
 
     1,306        1,739        326        3,371  
Total Allowance, including
off-balance
sheet instruments, at end of period
  
 
2,657
 
 
 
3,798
 
 
 
686
 
 
 
7,141
 
     2,847        5,291        799        8,937  
Less: Total Allowance for
off-balance
sheet instruments
4
  
 
410
 
 
 
490
 
 
 
2
 
 
 
902
 
     358        632        14        1,004  
Total Allowance for Loan Losses at end of period
  
$
2,247
 
 
$
3,308
 
 
$
684
 
 
$
6,239
 
   $ 2,489      $ 4,659      $ 785      $   7,933  
 
1
Includes allowance for loan losses related to ACI loans.
2
Includes allowance for loan losses related to customers’ liability under acceptances.
3
For explanations regarding this line item, refer to the “Allowance for Loan Losses by Stage” table on the previous page in this Note.
4
The allowance for loan losses for
off-balance
sheet instruments is recorded in Other liabilities on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
The allowance for credit losses on all remaining financial assets is not significant.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
62
 

Table of Contents
(e)
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
Relevant macroeconomic factors are incorporated in risk parameters as appropriate. Additional risk factors that are industry or segment specific are also incorporated, where relevant. The key macroeconomic variables used in determining ECLs include regional unemployment rates for all retail exposures and regional housing price indices for residential mortgages and home equity lines of credit. For business and government loans, the key macroeconomic variables include gross domestic product (GDP), unemployment rates, interest rates, and credit spreads. Refer to Note 3 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of how forward-looking information is generated and considered in determining whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and in measuring ECLs.
Macroeconomic Variables
Select macroeconomic variables are projected over the forecast period. The following table represents the average values of the macroeconomic variables over the four calendar quarters starting with the current quarter, and the remaining
4-year
forecast period for the base forecast and upside and downside scenarios used in determining the Bank’s ECLs as at January 31, 2022. As the forecast period increases, information about the future becomes less readily available and projections are anchored on assumptions around structural relationships between economic parameters that are inherently much less certain. Relative to a year ago, the economy has made substantial progress in recovering from the economic shock caused by the
COVID-19
pandemic. As the economy moves farther away from the initial economic shocks of the pandemic, uncertainty around the economic forecast continues to decrease.
 
Macroeconomic Variables
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
January 31, 2022
 
 
  
 
Base Forecast
 
 
 
Upside Scenario
 
 
 
Downside Scenario
 
 
  
 

 
Average
Q1 2022-
Q4 2022
1
 
 
 
 
 

 
Remaining
4-year

period
1
 
 
 
 
 

 
Average
Q1 2022-
Q4 2022
1
 
 
 
 
 

 
Remaining
4-year

period
1
 
 
 
 
 

 
Average
Q1 2022-
Q4 2022
1
 
 
 
 
 

 
Remaining
4-year

period
1
 
 
 
Unemployment rate
              
 
             
 
               
Canada
     5.6     5.6     5.6     5.3     6.7     6.5
United States
     3.6       3.8       3.6       3.5       4.5       4.5  
Real GDP
              
 
             
 
               
Canada
     4.4       1.9       5.5       1.9       0.8       2.3  
United States
     4.1       1.9       5.1       1.9       1.2       2.2  
Home prices
              
 
             
 
               
Canada (average existing price)
2
     6.9       1.0       8.7       1.4       3.6       0.6  
United States (CoreLogic HPI)
3
     10.2       3.0       13.1       2.9       7.5       2.5  
Central bank policy interest rate
              
 
             
 
               
Canada
     0.81       1.73       1.38       2.23       0.25       1.22  
United States
     0.63       1.91       1.13       2.41       0.25       1.34  
U.S.
10-year
treasury yield
     1.97       2.23       2.43       2.43       1.70       2.20  
U.S.
10-year
BBB spread
(%-pts)
     1.54       1.80       1.48       1.72       1.79       1.80  
             
Exchange rate (U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar)
   $ 0.81     $ 0.80     $ 0.82     $ 0.81     $ 0.78     $ 0.79  
 
1
The numbers represent average values for the quoted periods, and average of
year-on-year
growth for real GDP and home prices.
2
The average home price is the average transacted sale price of homes sold via the Multiple Listing Service; data is collected by the Canadian Real Estate Association.
3
The CoreLogic home price index (HPI) is a repeat-sales index which tracks increases and decreases in the same home’s sales price over time.
(f)
SENSITIVITY OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
ECLs are sensitive to the inputs used in internally developed models, the macroeconomic variables in the forward-looking forecasts and respective probability weightings in determining the probability-weighted ECLs, and other factors considered when applying expert credit judgment. Changes in these inputs, assumptions, models, and judgments would affect the assessment of significant increase in credit risk and the measurement of ECLs.
The following table presents the base ECL scenario compared to the probability-weighted ECLs, with the latter derived from three ECL scenarios for performing loans and
off-balance
sheet instruments. The difference reflects the impact of deriving multiple scenarios around the base ECLs and resultant change in ECLs due to
non-linearity
and sensitivity to using macroeconomic forecasts.
 
Change from Base to Probability-Weighted ECLs
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)          
As at
 
 
  
 
January 31, 2022
 
    October 31, 2021  
Probability-weighted ECLs
  
$
6,455
 
  $ 6,608  
     
Base ECLs
  
 
6,306
 
    6,412  
Difference – in amount
  
$
149
 
  $ 196  
Difference – in percentage
  
 
2.4
    3.1
ECLs for performing loans and
off-balance
sheet instruments consist of an aggregate amount of Stage 1 and Stage 2 probability-weighted ECLs which are twelve-month ECLs and lifetime ECLs, respectively. Transfers from Stage 1 to Stage 2 ECLs result from a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the loan. The following table shows the estimated impact of staging on ECLs by presenting all performing loans and
off-balance
sheet instruments calculated using
twelve-month
ECLs compared to the current aggregate probability-weighted ECLs, holding all risk profiles constant.
 
Incremental Lifetime ECLs Impact
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)           
As at
 
 
  
 
January 31, 2022
 
     October 31, 2021  
Probability-weighted ECLs
  
$
6,455
 
   $ 6,608  
     
All performing loans and
off-balance
sheet instruments using
12-month
ECLs
  
 
4,802
 
     4,903  
Incremental lifetime ECLs impact
  
$
1,653
 
   $ 1,705  
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
63
 

Table of Contents
(g)
FORECLOSED ASSETS
Foreclosed assets are repossessed
non-financial
assets where the Bank gains title, ownership, or possession of individual properties, such as real estate properties, which are managed for sale in an orderly manner with the proceeds used to reduce or repay any outstanding debt. The Bank does not generally occupy foreclosed properties for its business use. The Bank predominantly relies on third-party appraisals to determine the carrying value of foreclosed assets. Foreclosed assets held for sale were $35 million as at January 31, 2022 (October 31, 2021 – $53 million), and were recorded in Other assets on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet.
(h)
LOANS PAST DUE BUT NOT IMPAIRED
A loan is classified as past due when a borrower has failed to make a payment by the contractual due date. The following table summarizes loans that are past due but not impaired. Loans less than 31 days contractually past due are excluded as they do not generally reflect a borrower’s ability to meet their payment obligations.
 
Loans Past Due but not Impaired
1
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)                                           
As at
 
    
January 31, 2022
     October 31, 2021  
 
  
 
31-60 days
 
  
 
61-89 days
 
  
 
Total
 
    
31-60 days
      
61-89 days
       Total  
Residential mortgages
  
$
199
 
  
$
101
 
  
$
300
 
   $ 229      $ 62      $ 291  
Consumer instalment and other personal
  
 
561
 
  
 
193
 
  
 
754
 
     512        156        668  
Credit card
  
 
208
 
  
 
129
 
  
 
337
 
     186        113        299  
             
Business and government
  
 
203
 
  
 
153
 
  
 
356
 
     785        139        924  
Total
  
$
1,171
 
  
$
576
 
  
$
1,747
 
   $ 1,712      $ 470      $ 2,182  
 
1
Includes loans that are measured at FVOCI.
(i)
TRANSFERS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS QUALIFYING FOR DERECOGNITION
Canada Emergency Business Account Program
Under the Canada Emergency Business Account (CEBA) Program, with funding provided by Her Majesty in Right of Canada (the
 “
Government of Canada
) and Export Development Canada as the Government of Canada’s agent, the Bank provided eligible business banking customers with an interest-free, partially forgivable loan of up to $60,000. On January 12, 2022, it was announced that the repayment deadline for CEBA loans to qualify for partial loan forgiveness is being extended from December 31, 2022 to December 31, 2023 for all eligible borrowers in good standing. If the loan is not repaid by December 31, 2023, it will be extended for an additional
2-year
term bearing an interest rate of 5% per annum.
The application window for new CEBA loans and expansion requests closed on June 30, 2021. The funding provided to the Bank by the Government of Canada in respect of the CEBA Program represents an obligation to pass-through collections on the CEBA loans and is otherwise
non-recourse
to the Bank. Accordingly, the Bank is required to remit all collections of principal and interest on the CEBA loans to the Government of Canada but is not required to repay amounts that its customers fail to pay or that have been forgiven. The Bank receives an administration fee to recover the costs to administer the program for the Government of Canada. Loans issued under the program are not recognized on the Bank’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, as the Bank transfers substantially all risks and rewards in respect of the loans to the Government of Canada.
 
NOTE 7:  INVESTMENT IN ASSOCIATES AND JOINT VENTURES
INVESTMENT IN THE CHARLES SCHWAB CORPORATION
The Bank has significant influence over The Charles Schwab Corporation (“Schwab”) and the ability to participate in the financial and operating policy-making decisions of Schwab through a combination of the Bank’s ownership, board representation and the insured deposit account agreement between the Bank and Schwab (the “Schwab IDA Agreement”). As such, the Bank accounts for its investment in Schwab using the equity method. The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings available to common shareholders is reported with a
one-month
lag. The Bank takes into account changes in the subsequent period that would significantly affect the results.
As at January 31, 2022, the Bank’s reported investment in Schwab was 13.39% (October 31, 2021 – 13.41%) of the outstanding voting and
non-voting
common shares of Schwab with a fair value of $28 billion (US$22 billion) (October 31, 2021 – $26 billion (US$21 billion)) based on the closing price of US$87.70 (October 31, 2021 – US$82.03) on the New York Stock Exchange.
The Bank and Schwab are party to a stockholder agreement (the “Stockholder Agreement”) under which the Bank has the right to designate two members of Schwab’s Board of Directors and has representation on two Board Committees, subject to the Bank meeting certain conditions. The Bank’s designated directors currently are the Bank’s Group President and Chief Executive Officer and the Bank’s Chair of the Board. Under the Stockholder Agreement, the Bank is not permitted to own more than 9.9% voting common shares of Schwab, and the Bank is subject to customary standstill restrictions and, subject to certain exceptions, transfer restrictions. In addition, the Schwab IDA Agreement has an initial expiration date of July 1, 2031.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
64
 

Table of Contents
The condensed financial statements of Schwab, based on its most recent published consolidated financial statements, are included in the following tables. The carrying value of the Bank’s investment in Schwab of $11.2 billion as at January 31, 2022 (October 31, 2021 – $11.1 billion) represents the Bank’s share of Schwab’s stockholders’ equity, adjusted for goodwill, other intangibles, and cumulative translation adjustment. The Bank’s share of net income from its investment in Schwab of $231 million during the three months ended January 31, 2022 (three months ended January 31, 2021 – $169 million), reflects net income after adjustments for amortization of certain intangibles net of tax. 
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
  
 
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
 
 
 
 
 
As at
 
 
  
 
December 31
2021
 
 
 
 
September 30
2021
 
 
Assets
  
 
Receivables from brokerage clients, net
  
$
114,560
 
  $ 107,118  
Available for sale securities
  
 
493,399
 
    466,536  
Other assets
  
 
236,104
 
    178,247  
Total assets
  
$
844,063
 
  $ 751,901  
Liabilities
                
Bank deposits
  
$
561,357
 
  $ 489,192  
Payables to brokerage clients
  
 
158,968
 
    139,913  
Other liabilities
  
 
52,571
 
    51,706  
     
Total liabilities
  
 
772,896
 
    680,811  
     
Stockholders’ equity
  
 
71,167
 
    71,090  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  
$
844,063
 
  $ 751,901  
  
 
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)
  
 
For the three months ended
 
 
  
 

December 31

2021
 

 
 
 
December 31
2020
 
 
Net Revenues
  
 
Net interest revenue
  
$
2,699
 
  $     2,357  
Asset management and administration fees
  
 
1,399
 
    1,286  
     
Trading revenue and other
  
 
1,835
 
    1,798  
     
Total net revenues
  
 
5,933
 
    5,441  
Expenses Excluding Interest
                
Compensation and benefits
  
 
1,763
 
    1,822  
     
Other
  
 
1,620
 
    1,697  
     
Total expenses excluding interest
  
 
3,383
 
    3,519  
Income before taxes on income
  
 
2,550
 
    1,922  
     
Taxes on income
  
 
558
 
    444  
     
Net income
  
 
1,992
 
    1,478  
     
Preferred stock dividends and other
  
 
165
 
    111  
     
Net Income available to common stockholders
  
 
1,827
 
    1,367  
     
Other comprehensive income (loss)
  
 
(2,976
    (380
Total comprehensive income
 (loss)
  
$
(1,149
)
 
  $ 987  
Earnings per common shares outstanding – basic (Canadian dollars)
  
$
0.97
 
  $ 0.74  
Earnings per common shares outstanding – diluted (Canadian dollars)
  
 
0.96
 
    0.74  
 
NOTE 8:  GOODWILL
 
Goodwill by Segmen
t
         
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
Canadian
Retail
    
U.S.
Retail
1
    
Wholesale
Banking
    
Total
 
Carrying amount of goodwill as at November 1, 2020
   $     2,846      $     14,142      $     160      $     17,148  
Additions (disposals)
     40               116        156  
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other
     (62      (1,008      (2      (1,072
         
Carrying amount of goodwill as at October 31, 2021
2
   $ 2,824      $ 13,134      $ 274      $ 16,232  
Foreign currency translation adjustments and other
  
 
22
 
  
 
357
 
  
 
4
 
  
 
383
 
Carrying amount of goodwill as at January 31, 2022
2
  
$
2,846
 
  
$
13,491
 
  
$
278
 
  
$
16,615
 
 
1
Goodwill predominantly relates to U.S. personal and commercial banking.
2
Accumulated impairment as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021 was nil.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
65
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 9: OTHER ASSETS
Other Assets
(millions of Canadian dollars)           
As at
 
     
     
January 31
2022
    
October 31
2021
 
Accounts receivable and other items
  
$
9,577
 
   $ 9,144  
Accrued interest
  
 
2,197
 
     2,196  
Current income tax receivable
  
 
3,921
 
     1,862  
Defined benefit asset
  
 
988
 
     637  
Insurance-related assets, excluding investments
  
 
2,067
 
     2,040  
Prepaid expenses
  
 
1,181
 
     1,300  
Total
  
$
19,931
 
   $ 17,179  
 
NOTE 10: DEPOSITS
Demand deposits are those for which the Bank does not have the right to require notice prior to withdrawal and are in general chequing accounts. Notice deposits are those for which the Bank can legally require notice prior to withdrawal and are in general savings accounts. Term deposits are payable on a given date of maturity and are purchased by customers to earn interest over a fixed period, with terms ranging from one day to ten years and generally include fixed term deposits, guaranteed investment certificates, senior debt, and similar instruments. The aggregate amount of term deposits in denominations of $
100,000
or more as at January 31, 2022, was $311 billion (October 31, 2021 – $283 billion).
Deposits
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
As at
 
    
By Type
          
By Country
           
January 31
2022
    
October 31
2021
 
     
Demand
    
Notice
    
Term
1
          
Canada
    
United States
    
International
           
Total
     Total  
Personal
  
$
24,239
 
  
$
577,307
 
  
$
51,200
 
          
$
301,449
 
  
$
351,297
 
  
$
 
           
$
652,746
 
   $ 633,498  
Banks
  
 
14,291
 
  
 
627
 
  
 
9,364
 
          
 
22,167
 
  
 
148
 
  
 
1,967
 
           
 
24,282
 
     20,917  
Business and government
2
  
 
140,524
 
  
 
219,081
 
  
 
122,905
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
324,663
 
  
 
155,533
 
  
 
2,314
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
482,510
 
     470,710  
 
  
 
179,054
 
  
 
797,015
 
  
 
183,469
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
648,279
 
  
 
506,978
 
  
 
4,281
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
1,159,538
 
     1,125,125  
Trading   
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
20,549
 
          
 
11,011
 
  
 
2,178
 
  
 
7,360
 
           
 
20,549
 
     22,891  
Designated at fair value through profit or loss
3
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
135,087
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
61,042
 
  
 
42,733
 
  
 
31,312
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
135,087
 
     113,905  
Total
  
$
179,054
 
  
$
797,015
 
  
$
339,105
 
 
 
 
 
  
$
720,332
 
  
$
551,889
 
  
$
42,953
 
  
 
 
 
  
$
1,315,174
 
   $ 1,261,921  
Non-interest-bearing
deposits included above
                                                                                        
In domestic offices
                                                                         
$
73,222
 
   $ 72,705  
In foreign offices
                                                                         
 
85,647
 
     82,756  
Interest-bearing deposits included above
                                                                                        
In domestic offices
                                                                         
 
647,110
 
     626,562  
In foreign offices
                                                                         
 
509,187
 
     479,890  
U.S. federal funds deposited
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
8
 
     8  
Total
2,4
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
$
1,315,174
 
   $ 1,261,921  
1
Includes $51.3 billion (October 31, 2021 – $43.1 billion) of senior debt which is subject to the bank recapitalization
“bail-in”
regime. This regime provides certain statutory powers to the Canada Deposit Insurance Corporation, including the ability to convert specified eligible shares and liabilities into common shares in the event that the Bank becomes
non-viable.
2
 
Includes $23.0 billion relating to covered bondholders (October 31, 2021 – $25.1 billion) and nil (October 31, 2021 – $0.5 billion) due to TD Capital Trust lV.
3
 
Financial liabilities designated at FVTPL on the Interim Consolidated Balance Sheet also includes $63 million (October 31, 2021 – $83 million) of loan commitments, financial guarantees, and other liabilities designated at FVTPL.
4
Includes deposits of $756 billion (October 31, 2021 – $719 billion) denominated in U.S. dollars and $51 billion (October 31, 2021 – $44 billion) denominated in other foreign currencies.
Redemption of TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2
On November 1, 2021, TD Capital Trust IV redeemed all of the outstanding $450 million TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2. The proceeds from the issuance of TD Capital Trust IV Notes – Series 2 were invested in Bank deposit notes which were redeemed on November 1, 2021. On December 8, 2021, TD Capital Trust IV was dissolved.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
6
6
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 11: OTHER LIABILITIES
Other Liabilities
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
As at
 
     
January 31
2022
    
October 31
2021
 
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other items
1
  
$
5,137
 
   $ 7,499  
Accrued interest
  
 
662
 
     714  
Accrued salaries and employee benefits
  
 
2,851
 
     4,151  
Cheques and other items in transit
  
 
2,652
 
     2,667  
Current income tax payable
  
 
58
 
     82  
Deferred tax liabilities
  
 
224
 
     244  
Defined benefit liability
  
 
1,581
 
     1,592  
Lease liabilities
  
 
5,499
 
     5,473  
Liabilities related to structured entities
  
 
4,692
 
     4,407  
     
Provisions
  
 
1,362
 
     1,304  
Total
  
$
24,718
 
   $ 28,133  
 
1
Includes dividends and distributions payable of nil (October 31, 2021 – $1,404 million).
 
NOTE 12: EQUITY
The following table summarizes the changes to the shares and other equity instruments issued and outstanding, and treasury instruments held as at and for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Shares and Other Equity Instruments Issued and Outstanding and Treasury Instruments Held
(millions of shares or other equity instruments and millions of Canadian dollars)     
For the three months ended
 
      
January 31, 2022
     January 31, 2021  
       
Number
of shares
    
Amount
    
Number
of shares
    
Amount
 
Common Shares
                                     
Balance as at beginning of period
    
 
1,823.9
 
  
$
23,066
 
     1,816.1      $ 22,487  
Proceeds from shares issued on exercise of stock options
    
 
1.2
 
  
 
76
 
     0.9        46  
Shares issued as a result of dividend reinvestment plan
    
 
1.2
 
  
 
122
 
     1.5        112  
         
Purchase of shares for cancellation and other
    
 
(7.5
  
 
(94
             
Balance as at end of period – common shares
    
 
1,818.8
 
  
$
    23,170
 
     1,818.5      $     22,645  
Preferred Shares and Other Equity Instruments
                                     
         
Preferred Shares – Class A
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Balance as at beginning and end of period
    
 
158.0
 
  
$
3,950
 
     226.0      $ 5,650  
Other Equity Instruments
1
                                     
Balance as at beginning and end of period
    
 
1.8
 
  
$
1,750
 
          $  
         
Balance as at beginning and end of period – preferred shares and other equity instruments
    
 
159.8
 
  
$
5,700
 
     226.0      $ 5,650  
Treasury – common shares
2
                                     
Balance as at beginning of period
    
 
1.9
 
  
$
(152
     0.5      $ (37
Purchase of shares
    
 
30.5
 
  
 
(2,936
     44.7        (3,145
         
Sale of shares
    
 
(30.1
  
 
2,900
 
     (42.7      3,011  
Balance as at end of period – treasury – common shares
    
 
2.3
 
  
$
(188
     2.5      $ (171
Treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
2
                                     
Balance as at beginning of period
    
 
0.1
 
  
$
(10
     0.1      $ (4
Purchase of shares and other equity instruments
    
 
0.8
 
  
 
(29
     1.5        (34
         
Sale of shares and other equity instruments
    
 
(0.7
  
 
33
 
     (1.4      34  
Balance as at end of period – treasury – preferred shares and other equity instruments
    
 
0.2
 
  
$
(6
     0.2      $ (4
 
1
Consists of Limited Recourse Capital Notes (LRCNs). For LRCNs, the number of shares represents the number of notes issued.
2
When the Bank purchases its own equity instruments as part of its trading business, they are classified as treasury instruments and the cost of these instruments is recorded as a reduction in equity.
DIVIDENDS
On March 2, 2022, the Board approved a dividend in an amount of eighty-nine cents (
89
cents) per fully paid common share in the capital stock of the Bank for the quarter ending April 30, 2022, payable on and after April 30, 2022, to shareholders of record at the close of business on April 8, 2022. 
NORMAL COURSE ISSUER BID
On January 7, 2022, the Bank announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI had approved the Bank’s previously announced normal course issuer bid (NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation up to 50 million of its common shares.
During the three months ended January 31, 2022, the Bank repurchased 7.5 million common shares under the NCIB, at an average price of $101.89 per share for a total amount of $764 million, which represents a $670 million premium over the share capital amount.
Concurrent with the announcement of the Bank’s acquisition of First Horizon Corporation on February 28, 2022, the Bank’s automatic share purchase plan established under its NCIB automatically terminated pursuant to its terms. Refer to Note 22:
Subsequent Events
for additional details.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
67
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 13:  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
For the three months ended January 31, 2022, the Bank recognized compensation expense for stock option awards of $10.1 million (three months ended January 31,
 
2021
 
$10.0 million). During the three months ended January 31, 2022, 2.5 million (three months ended January 31, 2021 – 2.2 million) stock options were granted by the Bank at a weighted-average fair value of $12.41 per option (January 31, 2021 – $8.90 per option).
The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of options for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Assumptions Used for Estimating the Fair Value of Options
(in Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    
January 31
2021
 
Risk-free interest rate
  
 
1.47
     0.71
Option contractual life
  
 
10.0 years
 
     10.0 years  
Expected volatility
1
  
 
17.89
     18.50
Expected dividend yield
  
 
3.66
     3.61
     
Exercise price/share price
  
$
95.33
 
   $ 71.88  
 
1
Expected volatility is calculated based on the average daily volatility measured over a historical period.
 
NOTE 14:  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The following table summarizes expenses for the Bank’s principal pension and
non-pension
post-retirement defined benefit plans and the Bank’s other material defined benefit pension and post-retirement benefit plans, for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Other employee defined benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries are not considered material for disclosure purposes.
Defined Benefit Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
Principal pension plans
    
Principal
post-retirement
benefit plan
    
Other pension and
post-retirement
benefit plans
1
 
           
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    January 31
2021
    
January 31
2022
     January 31
2021
    
January 31
2022
     January 31
2021
 
Service cost – benefits earned
  
$
104
 
  $ 130     
$
2
 
   $ 2     
$
1
 
   $ 2  
Net interest cost (income) on net defined benefit liability (asset)
  
 
(6
    6     
 
3
 
     3     
 
5
 
     5  
Past service cost (credit)
  
 
 
        
 
 
         
 
 
     1  
             
Defined benefit administrative expenses
  
 
2
 
    3     
 
 
         
 
1
 
     1  
Total
  
$
100
 
  $ 139     
$
5
 
   $ 5     
$
7
 
   $ 9  
 
1
Includes Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan, TD Auto Finance defined benefit pension and post-retirement benefit plans, and supplemental employee defined benefit pension plans.
The following table summarizes expenses for the Bank’s defined contribution plans for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Defined Contribution Plan Expenses
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
     January 31
2021
 
Defined contribution pension plans
1
  
$
54
 
   $ 52  
     
Government pension plans
2
  
 
142
 
     120  
Total
  
$
196
 
   $ 172  
 
1
Includes defined contribution portion of the TD Pension Plan (Canada) and TD Bank, N.A. defined contribution 401(k) plan.
2
Includes Canada Pension Plan, Quebec Pension Plan, and U.S.
Federal Insurance Contributions Act
.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 68  

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the remeasurements recognized in other comprehensive income for the Bank’s principal pension and post-retirement defined benefit plans for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income for Remeasurement of Defined Benefit Plans
1,2,3
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
Principal pension plans
    
Principal
post-retirement
benefit plan
 
    
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
     January 31
2021
    
January 31
2022
     January 31
2021
 
Remeasurement
gain
/
(loss)
– financial
  
$
234
 
   $ 247     
$
15
 
   $ 4  
         
Remeasurement
gain
/
(loss)
– return on plan assets less interest income
  
 
128
 
     302     
 
 
      
Total
  
$
362
 
   $ 549     
$
15
 
   $ 4  
 
1
 
Excludes the Canada Trust defined benefit pension plan, TD Banknorth defined benefit pension plan, TD Auto Finance retirement plans, supplemental employee retirement plans, and other employee defined benefit plans operated by the Bank and certain of its subsidiaries not considered material for disclosure purposes as these plans are not remeasured on a quarterly basis.
2
 
Changes in discount rates and return on plan assets are reviewed and updated on a quarterly basis. All other assumptions are updated annually.
3
 
Amounts are presented on a
pre-tax
basis.
NOTE 15:  INCOME TAXES
The Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), Revenu Québec Agency (RQA) and Alberta Tax and Revenue Administration (ATRA) are denying certain dividend deductions claimed by the Bank. During the quarter, the CRA reassessed the Bank for $154 million of additional income tax and interest in respect of its 2016 taxation year. As at January 31, 2022, the CRA has reassessed the Bank for $1,186 million of income tax and interest for the years 2011 to 2016, the RQA has reassessed the Bank for $34 million for the years 2011 to 2015, and the ATRA has reassessed the Bank for $33 million for the years 2011 to 2014. In February 2022, the ATRA reassessed the Bank for $21 million of additional income tax and interest in respect of its 2015 and 2016 taxation years. In total, the Bank has been reassessed for $1,274 million of income tax and interest. The Bank expects the CRA, RQA, and ATRA to continue to reassess open years on the same basis. The Bank is of the view that its tax filing positions were appropriate and intends to challenge all reassessments.
 
NOTE 16:  EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the same method as basic earnings per share except that certain adjustments are made to net income attributable to common shareholders and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the effects of all dilutive potential common shares that are assumed to be issued by the Bank.
The following table presents the Bank’s basic and diluted earnings per share for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31
2022
    
January 31
2021
 
Basic earnings per share
                 
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  
$
3,690
 
   $ 3,212  
     
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)
  
 
1,820.5
 
     1,814.2  
Basic earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
  
$
2.03
 
   $ 1.77  
Diluted earnings per share
                 
Net income attributable to common shareholders
  
$
3,690
 
   $ 3,212  
     
Net income available to common shareholders including impact of dilutive securities
  
 
3,690
 
     3,212  
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)
  
 
1,820.5
 
     1,814.2  
Effect of dilutive securities
                 
     
Stock options potentially exercisable (millions)
1
  
 
3.6
 
     1.6  
     
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – diluted (millions)
  
 
1,824.1
 
     1,815.8  
Diluted earnings per share
(Canadian dollars)
1
  
$
2.02
 
   $ 1.77  
 
1
For the three months ended January 31, 2022, no outstanding options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share. For the three months ended January 31, 2021, the computation of diluted earnings per share excluded average options outstanding of 4.9 million, with a weighted-average exercise price $72.55, as the option price was greater than the average market price of the Bank’s common shares.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
69
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 17:  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Other than as described below, there have been no new significant events or transactions as previously identified in Note 27 of the Bank’s 2021 Annual Consolidated Financial Statements.
LEGAL AND REGULATORY MATTERS
LITIGATION
In the ordinary course of business, the Bank and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal and regulatory actions, including but not limited to civil claims and lawsuits, regulatory examinations, investigations, audits and requests for information by various governmental regulatory agencies and law enforcement authorities in various jurisdictions. The Bank establishes provisions when it becomes probable that the Bank will incur a loss and the amount can be reliably estimated. The Bank also estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses (RPL) in its legal and regulatory actions (that is, those which are neither probable nor remote), in excess of provisions. As at January 31, 2022, the Bank’s RPL is from zero to approximately $1.39 billion (October 31, 2021 – from zero to approximately $1.45 billion). The Bank’s provisions and RPL represent the Bank’s best estimates based upon currently available information for actions for which estimates can be made, but there are a number of factors that could cause the Bank’s provisions and/or RPL to be significantly different from its actual or RPL. For example, the Bank’s estimates involve significant judgment due to the varying stages of the proceedings, the existence of multiple defendants in many proceedings whose share of liability has yet to be determined, the numerous
yet-unresolved
issues in many of the proceedings, some of which are beyond the Bank’s control and/or involve novel legal theories and interpretations, the attendant uncertainty of the various potential outcomes of such proceedings, and the fact that the underlying matters will change from time to time. In addition, some actions seek very large or indeterminate damages.
In management’s opinion, based on its current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, the ultimate disposition of these actions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition or the consolidated cash flows of the Bank. However, because of the factors listed above, as well as other uncertainties inherent in litigation and regulatory matters, there is a possibility that the ultimate resolution of legal or regulatory actions may be material to the Bank’s consolidated results of operations for any particular reporting period.
Stanford Litigation –
On January 20, 2022, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying in part the Bank’s motion for summary judgment in
Rotstain v. Trustmark National Bank, et al
. Also on January 20, 2022, the Court issued a Suggestion of Remand that recommended to the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (“JPML”) that the
Rotstain
matter be remanded for further proceedings to the Southern District of Texas. That day, the JPML issued a Conditional Remand Order, which took effect on January 27, 2022.
A joint status report was filed in the
Smith v. Independent Bank et al.
action on January 31, 2022. In the report, the removing bank defendant requested a status conference to address how to resolve the overlapping issues with the
Rotstain
litigation. Plaintiffs’ position is that the
Smith
matter should continue to be stayed.

In Ontario, the hearing of the appeal in the Joint Liquidators’ action is scheduled for April 20-21, 2022.
Credit Card Fees
On December 10, 2021, after a joint settlement approval hearing on December 6, 2021, the national settlement was approved by the five courts in which the actions were filed.
TD Ameritrade Stockholder Litigation
On January 20, 2022, the parties (i.e., plaintiff and all defendants) informed the Court that they had reached an agreement in principle to resolve the action subject to the parties’ ability to satisfy certain conditions and their submission of a stipulation memorializing the settlement.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
70
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 18:  SEGMENTED INFORMATION
For management reporting purposes, the Bank reports its results under three key business segments: Canadian Retail, which includes the results of the Canadian personal and commercial banking businesses, Canadian credit cards, TD Auto Finance Canada, and the Canadian wealth and insurance businesses; U.S. Retail, which includes the results of the U.S. personal and business banking operations, U.S. credit cards, TD Auto Finance U.S., U.S. wealth business, and the Bank’s investment in Schwab; and Wholesale Banking. The Bank’s other activities are grouped into the Corporate segment.
The following table summarizes the segment results for the three months ended January 31, 2022 and January 31, 2021.
Results by Business Segment
1
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
Canadian Retail
 
  
U.S. Retail
 
  
Wholesale
Banking
2
 
  
Corporate
2
 
 
Total
 
 
  
For the three months ended January 31
 
  
  
2022
 
  
2021
 
  
2022
 
  
2021
 
  
2022
 
 
2021
 
  
2022
 
 
2021
 
 
2022
 
  
2021
 
Net interest income
  
$
3,085
 
   $ 2,978     
$
2,115
 
   $ 2,031     
$
709
 
  $ 661     
$
393
 
  $ 360    
$
6,302
 
   $ 6,030  
                     
Non-interest
income
  
 
3,633
 
     3,367     
 
671
 
     653     
 
637
 
    649     
 
38
 
    113    
 
4,979
 
     4,782  
                     
Total revenue
  
 
6,718
 
     6,345     
 
2,786
 
     2,684     
 
1,346
 
    1,310     
 
431
 
    473    
 
11,281
 
     10,812  
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
  
 
33
 
     142     
 
21
 
     135     
 
(5
    20     
 
23
 
    16    
 
72
 
     313  
Insurance claims and related expenses
  
 
756
 
     780     
 
 
         
 
 
        
 
 
       
 
756
 
     780  
                     
Non-interest
expenses
  
 
2,869
 
     2,654     
 
1,597
 
     1,688     
 
764
 
    711     
 
737
 
    731    
 
5,967
 
     5,784  
                     
Income (loss) before income taxes and share of net income from investment in Schwab
  
 
3,060
 
     2,769     
 
1,168
 
     861     
 
587
 
    579     
 
(329
    (274  
 
4,486
 
     3,935  
Provision for (recovery of) income taxes
  
 
806
 
     732     
 
148
 
     70     
 
153
 
    142     
 
(123
    (117  
 
984
 
     827  
                     
Share of net income from investment in Schwab
3,4
  
 
 
         
 
252
 
     209     
 
 
        
 
(21
    (40  
 
231
 
     169  
Net income (loss)
  
$
2,254
 
   $ 2,037     
$
1,272
 
   $ 1,000     
$
434
 
  $ 437     
$
(227
  $ (197  
$
3,733
 
   $ 3,277  
 
1
The retailer program partners’ share of revenues and credit losses is presented in the Corporate segment, with an offsetting amount (representing the partners’ net share) recorded in
Non-interest
expenses, resulting in no impact to Corporate reported Net income (loss). The Net income (loss) included in the U.S. Retail segment includes only the portion of revenue and credit losses attributable to the Bank under the agreements.
2
Net interest income within Wholesale Banking is calculated on a taxable equivalent basis (TEB). The TEB adjustment reflected in Wholesale Banking is reversed in the Corporate segment.
3
The
after-tax
amounts for amortization of acquired intangibles and the Bank’s share of acquisition and integration charges associated with Schwab’s acquisition of TD Ameritrade are recorded in the Corporate segment.
4
The Bank’s share of Schwab’s earnings is reported with a
one-month
lag. Refer to Note 7 for further details.
Total Assets by Business Segment
(millions of Canadian dollars)
  
Canadian Retail
 
  
U.S. Retail
 
  
Wholesale
Banking
 
  
Corporate
 
  
Total
 
  
  
As at January 31, 2022
 
Total assets
  
$
520,885
 
  
$
580,689
 
  
$
522,804
 
  
$
154,210
 
  
$
1,778,588
 
   
  
  
As at October 31, 2021
 
Total assets
  
$
509,436
 
  
$
559,503
 
  
$
514,681
 
  
$
145,052
 
  
$
1,728,672
 
 
NOTE 19:  INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE
The following tabl
e
s present interest income and interest expense by basis of accounting measurement.
Interest Income
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31, 2022
     January 31, 2021  
Measured at amortized cost
1
  
$
6,530
 
   $ 6,611  
     
Measured at FVOCI – Debt instruments
1
  
 
93
 
     177  
     
    
 
6,623
 
     6,788  
Measured or designated at FVTPL
  
 
855
 
     789  
     
Measured at FVOCI – Equity instruments
  
 
44
 
     33  
Total
  
$
7,522
 
   $ 7,610  
 
1
 
Interest income is calculated using EIRM.
Interest Expense
(millions of Canadian dollars)   
For the three months ended
 
     
January 31, 2022
     January 31, 2021  
Measured at amortized cost
1
  
$
795
 
   $ 996  
     
Measured or designated at FVTPL
  
 
425
 
     584  
Total
  
$
1,220
 
   $ 1,580  
 
1
 
Interest expense is calculated using EIRM.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 
71
 

Table of Contents
NOTE 20:  REGULATORY CAPITAL
The Bank manages its capital under guidelines established by OSFI. The regulatory capital guidelines measure capital in relation to credit, market, and operational risks. The Bank has various capital policies, procedures, and controls which it utilizes to achieve its goals and objectives.
 On November 22, 2019, the Bank was designated a global systemically important bank (G-SIB).
During the three months ended January 31, 2022, the Bank complied with the OSFI Basel III guidelines related to capital ratios and the leverage ratios. Effective January 1, 2016, OSFI’s target Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1), Tier 1, and Total Capital ratios for Canadian banks designated as domestic systemically important banks
(D-SIBs)
includes a 1% common equity capital surcharge bringing the targets to 8%, 9.5%, and 11.5%, respectively. On June 25, 2018, OSFI provided greater transparency related to previously undisclosed Pillar 2 CET1 capital buffers through the introduction of the public domestic stability buffer (DSB) which is held by
D-SIBs
against Pillar 2 risks. The current buffer is set at 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets (RWA) and must be met with CET1 Capital, effectively raising the OSFI CET1 minimum target to 10.5%. The OSFI target includes the greater of the
D-SIB
or
G-SIB
surcharge, both of which are currently 1%.
On September 23, 2018, the Canadian Bail-in regime came into effect, including OSFI’s Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC). Under this guideline, the Bank was required to meet supervisory risk-based TLAC target of 24.0% of RWA, inclusive of the 2.50% DSB, and TLAC leverage ratio target of 6.75% by November 1, 2021. Changes to the DSB will result in corresponding changes to the risk-based TLAC target ratio.
The following table summarizes the Bank’s regulatory capital positions as at January 31, 2022 and October 31, 2021.
Regulatory Capital Position
(millions of Canadian dollars, except as noted)          
As at
 
     
January 31
2022
    October 31
2021
 
Capital
                
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital
  
$
71,523
 
  $ 69,937  
Tier 1 Capital
  
 
76,856
 
    75,716  
Total Capital
  
 
89,388
 
    87,987  
Risk-weighted assets used in the calculation of capital ratios
  
 
470,852
 
    460,270  
Capital and leverage ratios
                
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
  
 
15.2
    15.2
Tier 1 Capital ratio
  
 
16.3
 
    16.5  
Total Capital ratio
  
 
19.0
 
    19.1  
Leverage ratio
  
 
4.4
 
    4.8  
TLAC Ratio
  
 
28.6
 
    28.3  
     
TLAC Leverage Ratio
  
 
7.6
 
    8.2  
 
 
NOTE 21:  RISK MANAGEMENT
The risk management policies and procedures of the Bank are provided in the MD&A. The shaded sections of the “Managing Risk” section of the MD&A relating to market, liquidity, and insurance risks are an integral part of the Interim Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
NOTE 22:  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Acquisition of First Horizon Corporation
On February 28, 2022, the Bank and First Horizon Corporation (“First Horizon”) announced a definitive agreement for the Bank to acquire First Horizon in an all-cash transaction valued at US$13.4 billion, or US$25.00 for each common share of First Horizon. In connection with this transaction, the Bank has invested US$494 million in non-voting First Horizon preferred stock (convertible in certain circumstances into up to 4.9% of First Horizon’s common stock). The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of fiscal 2023, and is subject to customary closing conditions, including approvals from First Horizon’s shareholders and U.S. and Canadian regulatory authorities. The results of the acquired business will be consolidated by the Bank from the closing date and reported in the U.S. Retail segment.
If the transaction does not close prior to November 27, 2022, First Horizon shareholders will receive, at closing, an additional
US$0.65
per share on an annualized basis for the period from November 27, 2022 through the day immediately prior to the closing. Either party will have the right to terminate the agreement if the transaction has not closed
by February 27, 2023
 
(the “outside date”), subject to the right of either party (under certain conditions) to extend the outside date to May 27, 2023.
Concurrent with the announcement, the automatic share purchase plan established under the Bank’s NCIB automatically terminated pursuant to its terms. The NCIB remains in effect on the same terms and subject to the same restrictions as previously disclosed.
Rothstein Litigation Settlement Recovery
Subsequent to quarter end, the Bank reached a settlement in
TD Bank, N.A. v. Lloyd’s Underwriters et al.
, in Canada. The Bank received $225 million as a recovery of losses incurred resulting from the previous resolution by TD in the U.S. of multiple proceedings related to an alleged Ponzi scheme perpetrated by, among others, Scott Rothstein.
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
    Page 72  

Table of Contents
SHAREHOLDER AND INVESTOR INFORMATION
 
Shareholder Services
 
If you:
 
And your inquiry relates to:
 
Please contact:
 
 
 
Are a registered shareholder (your name appears on your TD share certificate)
 
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate questions, address changes to the share register, dividend bank account changes, the dividend reinvestment plan, eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving annual and quarterly reports
 
Transfer Agent:
TSX Trust Company
P.O. Box 700, Station B
Montréal, Québec H3B 3K3
1-800-387-0825 (Canada and U.S. only)
or 416-682-3860
Facsimile: 1-888-249-6189
shareholderinquiries@tmx.com
or
www.tsxtrust.com
 
 
 
 
Hold your TD shares through the
Direct Registration System
in the United States
 
Missing dividends, lost share certificates, estate questions, address changes to the share register, eliminating duplicate mailings of shareholder materials or stopping (or resuming) receiving annual and quarterly reports
 
Co-Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 505000
Louisville, KY 40233, or
 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600
Louisville, KY 40202
1-866-233-4836
TDD for hearing impaired: 1-800-231-5469
Shareholders outside of U.S.: 201-680-6578
TDD shareholders outside of U.S.:
201-680-6610
www.computershare.com/investor
 
 
 
 
Beneficially own TD shares that are held in the name of an intermediary, such as a bank, a trust company, a securities broker or other nominee
 
Your TD shares, including questions regarding the dividend reinvestment plan and mailings of shareholder materials
 
Your intermediary
For all other shareholder inquiries, please contact TD Shareholder Relations at 416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or email
tdshinfo@td.com
. Please note that by leaving us an e-mail or voicemail message, you are providing your consent for us to forward your inquiry to the appropriate party for response.
Normal Course Issuer Bid
On January 7, 2022, the Bank announced that the Toronto Stock Exchange and OSFI had approved the Bank’s Normal Course Issuer Bid (NCIB) to repurchase for cancellation up to 50 million of the Bank’s common shares. Pursuant to the Notice of Intention filed with the TSX, the NCIB ends on January 10, 2023, such earlier date as the Bank may determine, or such earlier date as the Bank may complete its purchases. A copy of the Notice may be obtained without charge by contacting TD Shareholder Relations by phone at 416-944-6367 or 1-866-756-8936 or by e-mail at
tdshinfo@td.com
.
General Information
Products and services: Contact TD Canada Trust, 24 hours a day, seven days a week: 1-866-567-8888
French: 1-866-233-2323
Cantonese/Mandarin: 1-800-328-3698
Telephone device for the hearing impaired (TTY): 1-800-361-1180
Website:
www.td.com
Email:
customer.service@td.com
Quarterly Earnings Conference Call
TD Bank Group will host an earnings conference call in Toronto, Ontario on March 3, 2022. The call will be audio webcast live through TD’s website at 1:30 p.m. ET. The call will feature presentations by TD executives on the Bank’s financial results for first quarter and discussions of related disclosures, followed by a question-and-answer period with analysts. The presentation material referenced during the call will be available on the TD website at
www.td.com/investor
on March 3, 2022 in advance of the call. A listen-only telephone line is available at
416-641-6150
or 1-866-696-5894 (toll free) and the passcode is 2727354#.
The audio webcast and presentations will be archived at www.
td.com/investor
. Replay of the teleconference will be available from 5:00 p.m. ET on March 3, 2022, until 11:59 p.m. ET on March 18, 2022 by calling 905-694-9451 or 1-800-408-3053 (toll free). The passcode is 7300743#.
Annual Meeting
Thursday, April 14, 2022
Toronto, Ontario
 
TD BANK GROUP
FIRST QUARTER 2022
REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
 
 
Page 73